أعمال 23:21
| فَلَا تَنْقَدْ إِلَيْهِمْ، لِأَنَّ أَكْثَرَ مِنْ أَرْبَعِينَ رَجُلًا مِنْهُمْ كَامِنُونَ لَهُ، قَدْ حَرَمُوا أَنْفُسَهُمْ أَنْ لَا يَأْكُلُوا وَلَا يَشْرَبُوا حَتَّى يَقْتُلُوهُ. وَهُمُ ٱلْآنَ مُسْتَعِدُّونَ مُنْتَظِرُونَ ٱلْوَعْدَ مِنْكَ». | ٢١ 21 |
You yourself
Strongs:
Lexicon:
σύ
Greek:
σὺ
Transliteration:
su
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Personal pronoun 2nd Nominative Singular
Grammar:
a reference to a recently mentioned person being spoken or written to that is doing something
Source:
Identical in all sources
Tyndale
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
su
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (2nd person)
Definition:
σύ, pron. of 2nd of person(s), thou, you, genitive, σοῦ, dative, σοί, accusative, σέ, pl, ὑμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς (enclitic in oblique cases sing, except after prep. (BL, §48, 3), though πρὸς σέ occurs in Mat.25:39). Nom. for emphasis or contrast: Jhn.1:30, 4:10, 5:33, 39, 44, Act.4:7, Eph.5:32; so also perhaps σὺ εἶπας, Mat.26:64, al. (M, Pr., 86); before voc, Mat.2:6, Luk.1:76, Jhn.17:5, al; sometimes without emphasis (M, Pr., 85f.), as also in cl, but esp. as rendering of Heb. phrase, e.g. υἱός μου εἶ σύ (בְּנִי־אַתָּה, Psa.2:7), Act.13:33. The genitive (σοῦ, ὑμῶν) is sometimes placed bef. the noun: Luk.7:48, 12:30, al; so also the enclitic σοῦ, Mat.9:6; on τί ἐμοὶ κ. σοί, see: ἐγώ. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
su
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (2nd person)
Definition:
σύ [ῠ], thou: pronoun of the second person:—Epic dialect nominative τύνη [ῡ] [Refs 8th c.BC+] (Laconian dialect τούνη [Refs 5th c.AD+]; Aeolic dialect σύ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τύ [ῠ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τού [short syllable] [Refs 6th c.BC+] (also τούν [Refs]σύ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]—Gen. σοῦ, [Refs], elsewhere only Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; enclitic σου, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (also in Lyric poetry, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (which also occurs in Lyric poetry, [Refs 7th c.BC+], and as enclitic σευ, [Refs 8th c.BC+], σεο (enclitic) [Refs] σευ (enclitic) [Refs]:—Doric dialect τεῦ, τευ, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; rarely τέο, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τεῦς [Refs 6th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τεοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοι variant in [Refs]; enclitic τεος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; other Doric dialect forms are τίω, τίως, both [Refs 3rd c.BC+]—Dat. σοί, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; Doric dialect τοί [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect, Lesb, and Ionic dialect enclitic τοι[Refs 8th c.BC+], Lesbian Lyric poetry, and Ionic dialect Lyric poetry and Prose τοι is always enclitic, σοί never enclitic (τοί and σοι are not found except σοι [Refs 8th c.BC+], and in codices of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rarer than τοι in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in Attic dialect both σοί and σοι (enclitic) are used (σοί [Refs 5th c.BC+], τοί and τοι are not used; σοι is never elided except in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect and Lyric poetry also τεΐν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τίν [ῐ], [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τίν [ῑ], [Refs 3rd c.BC+] before a consonant, [Refs 7th c.BC+]—Acc. σέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; enclitic σε,[Refs 7th c.BC+]; in late Gr. σέν, [Refs]; Doric dialect τέ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τ᾽ variant (codex R) in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τρέ (to be read τϝέ) [Refs 5th c.AD+]; or (enclitic) τυ [Refs 6th c.BC+] 2) in combination with γε, σύ γε, σέ γε, etc. (compare ἔγωγε), thou at least, for thy part, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] and Attic dialect; Doric dialect τύγε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τούγα [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: dative σοί γε [Refs 8th c.BC+]: accusative σέ γε [Refs], etc:—also σύ περ [Refs] 3) σύ with infinitive (as imperative), [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) Dual nominative and accusative σφῶϊ, [Refs 8th c.BC+], you two, both of you; σφώ (not σφῴ,[Refs 8th c.BC+]—Gen. and Dat. σφῶϊν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; contraction σφῷν once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]. None of these forms are enclitic, [Refs 5th c.BC+] enclitic; Ζεὺς σφὼ is prescribed in [Refs 8th c.BC+] —σφῶϊ is never dative; in [Refs 8th c.BC+] it is the accusative depending on κελεύ; σφῶϊν is never accusative; in [Refs 8th c.BC+] III) Plur. nominative ὑμεῖς, [Refs 8th c.BC+], ye, you; Aeolic dialect and Epic dialect ὔμμες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμές [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect οὐμές [Refs 6th c.BC+]; a resolved form ὑμέες, [Refs 1st c.BC+] rather than genuine Ionic [Refs 5th c.BC+]— Gen. ὑμῶν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑμέων (disyllable) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑμέων also [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμέων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ὑμῶν, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Aeolic dialect ὑμμέων [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect οὐμίων [Refs 6th c.BC+]—Dat. ὑμῖν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect enclitic ὗμῐν [Refs 2nd c.AD+] also Doric dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Doric dialect (not enclitic) ὑμίν [ῐ] [Refs]; ὑμίν [ῐ] also in [Refs 5th c.BC+] should perhaps be restored where the sense needs an enclitic on the principle stated by [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ὕμιν[Refs 8th c.BC+]—Acc. ὑμᾶς, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc. (-υ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὗμας or (more probably) ὕμας is required by the metre in [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Ionic dialect ὑμέας (disyllable) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; enclitic ὕμεας (disyllable) [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ὑμέας also [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect and Epic dialect ὔμμε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμέ [Refs 7th c.BC+]—The plural is sometimes used in addressing one person, when others are included in the speaker's thought, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] cf. Latin tu, Gothic pu; with τοι Sanskrit genitive and dative te; the origin of σφῶϊ is doubtful; with ὑμεῖς cf. Sanskrit accusative plural yusmān.)
Strongs
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
sý
Pronounciation:
soo
Language:
Greek
Definition:
thou; thou; the personal pronoun of the second person singular
therefore
Strongs:
Greek:
οὖν
Transliteration:
oun
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
therefore/then
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Source:
Identical in all sources
Tyndale
Word:
οὖν
Transliteration:
oun
Gloss:
therefore/then
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
οὖν, particle expressing consequence or simple sequence (never standing first in a sentence), wherefore, therefore, then: Mat.3:10, Luk.3:9, Jhn.8:38, Act.1:21, Rom.5:9, al; in exhortations, Mat.3:8, Luk.11:35, Act.3:19, Rom.6:12, al; in questions, Mat.13:28, Mrk.15:12, Jhn.8:[5], Rom.6:1, al; continuing a narrative or resuming it after a digression, Mat.1:17, Luk.3:18, Jhn.1:22 2:18 (and very frequently in this Gospel), Act.26:22, al; ἄρα οὖν (see: ἄρα); ἐπεὶ οὖν, Heb.2:14; οὖν with ptcp. (= ἐπεὶ οὖν), Act.2:30, Rom.5:1, al; ἐὰν οὖν (where οὖν rather in sense belongs to the apodosis), Mat.5:23, Luk.4:7, Jhn.6:62, Rom.2:26, al; ὡς οὖν, Jhn.4:1, al. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
οὖν
Transliteration:
oun
Gloss:
therefore/then
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
οὖν, Ionic dialect and Doric dialect ὦν (the latter in [Refs 8th c.BC+], adverb certainly, in fact, confirming something, frequently in contrast with something which is not confirmed, in [Refs 8th c.BC+] only in combination with γε (see. γοῦν), γάρ, οὔτε or μήτε, ὡς, ἐπεί, μέν, etc: 1) really, φημὶ γὰρ οὖν κατανεῦσαι. Κρονίωνα for I declare that Zeus did really promise, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τόφρα γὰρ οὖν ἑπόμεσθα, ὄφρ᾽ for we followed them up to the very point, where, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐλέχθησαν λόγοι ἄπιστοι μὲν ἐνίοισι Ἑλλήνων, ἐλέχθησαν δ᾽ ὦν but they really were spoken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Θηβαῖοι μὲν ταῦτα λέγουσι, Πλαταιῆς δ᾽ οὐχ ὁμολογοῦσι, ἐκ δ᾽ οὖν τῆς γῆς ἀνεχώρησαν at all events they did return, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so δ᾽ οὖν after a parenthesis; εἰ δή τις ὑμῶν οὕτως ἔχει,—οὐκ ἀξιῶ μὲν γὰρ ἔγωγε,—εἰ δ᾽ οὖν but if he is so, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so ἀλλ᾽ οὖν. γε but at all events, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔμπης οὖν ἐπιμεῖναι ἐς αὔριον to stay nevertheless at least till to-morrow, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὖν concessive, I grant you, τάχ᾽ οὖν τις ἄκων ἔσχε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Τληπόλεμος δ᾽, ἐπεὶ οὖν τράφ᾽ ἐνὶ μεγάρῳ εὐπήκτῳ, αὐτίκα. κατέκτα when once, i.e. as soon as, he had grown up, [Refs]; νεβροί, αἵ τ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν ἔκαμον. ἑστᾶσ᾽ which, as soon as they are tired, stand still, [Refs]; to indicate that something foreshadowed has actually occurred, ἀγορήνδε καλέσσατο λαὸν Ἀχιλλεύς, οἱ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν ἤγερθεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν δ᾽ ὡς οὖν ἐνόησε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὔτ᾽ οὖν, οὔτε. or οὔτε, οὔτ᾽ οὖν. both = neither. nor, but preferred according as the first or second clause is to be marked by emphasis,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; so εἰ, εἴτ᾽ οὖν. if, or if, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἴτ᾽ οὖν, εἴτε μὴ γενήσεται whether it shall be so, or no, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ξεῖνος αἴτ᾽ ὦν ἀστός, i.e. αἴτε ξ. αἴτ᾽ ὦν ἀ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] even as, just as, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰ δ᾽ ἔστιν, ὥσπερ οὖν ἔστι, θεός if he is, as he in fact is, a god, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; for μὲν οὖν, see at {μέν} [Refs 5th c.BC+] 2) added to indefinite Prons. and adverbs, like Latin cunque, ὅστις whoever, ὁστισοῦν whosoever; ὅπως how, ὁπωσοῦν howsoever; ἄλλος ὁστισοῦν another, be he who he may; so ὁποιοσοῦν, ὁποιοστισοῦν, ὁποσοσοῦν, ὁπωσδηποτοῦν, ὁπητιοῦν, ὁποθενοῦν, etc, (see entry). II) to continue a narrative, so, then, καὶ τὰ μὲν οὖν. θῆκαν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὅτ᾽ οὖν since, then, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ζεῖ οὖν ἐν τούτῳ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] is very common in this sense; so δ᾽ οὖν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὖν is also used alone merely to resume after a parenthesis or long protasis, well, as I was saying, ὦ Λακεδαιμόνιοι, χρήσαντος τοῦ θεοῦ, ὑμεας γὰρ πυνθάνομαι προεστάναι,—ὑμέας ὦν. προσκαλέομαι. [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) ὦν is frequently inserted by [Refs 5th c.BC+]participle, οἱ δὲ φέροντες ἐς τὴν ἀγορήν, ἀπ᾽ ὦν ἔδοντο[Refs]; so in [Refs 5th c.BC+]: this tmesis is rare in Attic dialect, ὥστε γε καὐτόν σε κατ᾽ οὖν ἔβαλεν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but occurs in later writers, Dorieus cited in [Refs 3rd c.BC+] III) in inferences, then, therefore, not in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in a statement, [Refs]; very common from [Refs 5th c.BC+] downwards; so καὶ σὺ οὖν you too therefore, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare οὐ γὰρ οὖν, τοιγαροῦν: strengthened, δὴ οὖν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in questions, τίς οὖν ὁ λύσων σ᾽ ἐστίν ; [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; ἆρ᾽ οὖν δή ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί οὖν δή ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
οὖν
Transliteration:
oûn
Pronounciation:
oon
Language:
Greek
Definition:
(adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly; and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore; apparently a primary word
not
Strongs:
Lexicon:
μή
Greek:
μὴ
Transliteration:
mē
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Negative Particle Negative Negative
Grammar:
introducing a negative
Source:
Identical in all sources
Tyndale
Word:
μή
Transliteration:
mē
Gloss:
not
Morphhology:
Greek Particle Neuter
Definition:
μή, subjective negative particle, used where the negation depends on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from οὐ, which denies absolutely. μή is used where one thinks a thing is not, as distinct from an absolute negation. As a general rule, οὐ negatives the indic, μή the other moods, incl, ptcp. [In LXX for אֵין,אַיִן,אַל] I. As a neg. adv, not; 1) with ref. to thought or opinion: Jhn.3:18, Tit.1:11, 2Pe.1:9. 2) In delib. questions, with subjc. (M, Pr., 185): Mrk.12:14, Rom.3:8. 3) In conditional and final sentences, after εἰ, ἐάν, ἄν, ἵνα, ὅπως: Mat.10:14, Mrk.6:11 12:19, Luk.9:5, Jhn.6:50, Rom.11:25, al. 4) C. inf. (see M, Pr., 234f, 239, 255), (a) after verbs of saying, etc: Mat.2:12 5:34, Mrk.12:18, Act.15:38, Rom.2:21, al; (b) with artic. inf: after a prep, Mat.13:5, Mrk.4:5, Act.7:19, 1Co.10:6, al; without a prep, Rom.14:13, 2Co.2:1, 13 1Th 4:6; (with) in sentences expressing consequence, after ὥστε: Mat.8:28, Mrk.3:20, 1Co.1:7, 2Co.3:7, al. 5) C. ptcp. (see M, Pr., 231f, 239), in hypothetical references to persons of a certain character or description: Mat.10:28 12:30, Luk.6:49, Jhn.3:18, Rom.4:5, 1Co.7:38, 1Jn.3:10, al; where the person or thing being definite, the denial is a matter of opinion: Jhn.6:64, 1Co.1:28 4:7, 18, 2Co.5:21, al; where the ptcp. has a concessive, causal or conditional force, if, though, because not: Mat.18:25, Luk.2:45, Jhn.7:49, Act.9:26, Rom.2:14 5:13, 2Co.3:14, Gal.6:9, Ju 5; where the ptcp. has a descriptive force (being such as), not: Act.9:9, Rom.1:28, 1Co.10:33, Gal.4:8, Heb.12:27, al. 6) μή prohibitive, in indep. sentences, (a) with subjc. praes, 1 of person(s) pl: Gal.5:26 6:9, 1Th.5:6, 1Jn.3:18; (b) with imperat. praes, usually where one is bidden to desist from what has already begun (cf. M, Pr., 122ff.): Mat.7:1, Mrk.5:36, Luk.6:30, Jhn.2:16 5:45, Act.10:15, Rom.11:18, Jas.2:1, Rev.5:5, al; (with) forbidding that which is still future: with imperat. aor, 3 of person(s), Mat.24:18, Mrk.13:15, Luk.17:31, al; with subjc. aor, 2 of person(s), Mat.3:9 10:26, Mrk.5:7, Luk.6:29, Jhn.3:7, Rom.10:6, al; (d) with optative, in wishes: 2Ti.4:16 (LXX); μὴ γένοιτο (see M, Pr., 194; Bl, §66, 1), Luk.20:16, Rom.3:3, al; μή τις, Mrk.13:5, al. II. As a conj, 1) after verbs of fearing, caution, etc, that, lest, perhaps (M, Pr., 192f.): with subjc. praes, Heb.12:15; with subjc. aor, Mat.24:4, Mrk.13:5, Luk.21:8, Act.13:40, Gal.5:15, al; ὅρα μή (see M, Pr., 124, 178), elliptically, Rev.19:10 22:9; with indic, fut. (M, Pr., l.with), Col.2:8. 2) in order that not: with subjc. aor, Mrk.13:36, 2Co.8:20 12:6. III. Interrogative, in hesitant questions (M, Pr., 170), or where a negative answer is expected: Mat.7:9, 10, Mrk.2:19, Jhn.3:4, Rom.3:3 10:18, 19, 1Co.1:13, al; μή τις, Luk.22:35, al; before οὐ (Rom.10:17, al. in Pl.), expecting an affirm, ans; οὐ μή, Luk.18:7, Jhn.18:11. IV. οὐ μή as emphatic negation (cf. M, Pr., 188, 190ff; Bl. §64, 5), not at all, by no means: with indic, fut, Mat.16:22, Jhn.6:35, Heb.10:17, al; with subjc. aor, Mat.24:2, Mrk.13:2, Luk.6:37, Jhn.13:8, 1Co.8:13, al. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
μή
Transliteration:
mē
Gloss:
not
Morphhology:
Greek Particle Neuter
Definition:
μή, Elean μά [ᾱ] [Refs 6th c.BC+]. (Cf. Sanskrit mā´, Armenian mi [from I.-[Refs 5th c.BC+] mē´], negative used in prohibitions):—not, the negative of the will and thought, as οὐ of fact and statement; μή rejects, οὐ denies; μή is relative, οὐ absolute; μή subjective, οὐ objective. (A few examples of μηδέ and μηδείς have been included.) A) in INDEPENDENT sentences, used in expressions of will or wish, command, entreaty, warning, A.1) with present imperative, 2 person, μή μ᾽ ἐρέθιζε [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rarely with aorist imperative, μὴ. ἔνθεο τιμῇ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in Attic dialect, μὴ ψεῦσον, ὦ Ζεῦ, τῆς. ἐλπίδος [Refs 8th c.BC+]perfect imperative [Refs 8th c.BC+] person when perfect = present, μὴ κεκράγετε [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.2) with subjunctive (usually [Refs], in prohibitions, μὴ δή με. ἐάσῃς [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μή τοί με κρύψῃς τοῦτο[Refs 5th c.BC+]: coupled with present imperative, μὴ βοηθήσητε τῷ πεπονθότι δεινά, μὴ εὐορκεῖτε [Refs 8th c.BC+] person present subjunctive, μὴ κάμνῃς [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with the hortative subjunctive used to supply the [Refs] person of the imperative, present μὴ ἴομεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]: aorist μὴ πάθωμεν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: rarely with 1st pers. singular, μή σε. κιχείω [Refs 8th c.BC+] (anapaest meter). A.2.b) with present or aorist subjunctive in a warning or statement of fear, μὴ. γένησθε take care you do not become, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μὴ. ὑφαίνῃσιν I fear. may prove to be weaving, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: in Attic dialect Prose, to make a polite suggestion of apprehension or hesitation, perhaps, μὴ ἀγροικότερον ᾖ τὸ ἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in later Greek the indicative is found, μὴ ἡ ἔννοια ἡμῶν. ἀντιλαμβάνεται [Refs 5th c.AD+] A.3) with future indicative, a uncertain usage (νεμεσήσετ᾽ is subjunctive in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μὴ βουλήσεσθε (Papyrus βούλη[σθ]ε) [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.4) with past tenses of indicative to express an unfulfilled wish, μὴ ὄφελες λίσσεσθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.5) with optative to express a negative wish, with present, ἃ μὴ κραίνοι τύχη [Refs 4th c.BC+]: more frequently with aorist, μὴ σέ γ᾽ ἐν ἀμφιάλῳ Ἰθάκῃ βασιλῆα Κρονίων ποιήσειεν [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.6) in oaths and asseverations, ἴστω Ζεὺς, μὴ μὲν τοῖς ἵπποισιν ἀνὴρ ἐποχήσεται ἄλλος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.7) with infinitive, when used as imperative, μὴ δή μοι ἀπόπροθεν ἰσχέμεν ἵππους [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.8) frequently without a Verb, εἰ χρή, θανοῦμαι. Answ. μὴ σύ γε (i.e. θάνῃς) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἄπελθε νῦν. Answ. μὴ (i.e. γενέσθω) ἀλλά nay but, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in curt expressions, μὴ τριβὰς ἔτι (i.e. ποιεῖσθε) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μή μοι σύ none of that to me! [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μή μοι πρόφασιν no excuses! [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) in DEPENDENT clauses: B.1) with Final Conjs, ἵνα μή [Refs 8th c.BC+], that so, ὅπως ἂν. μηδέ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; but B.1.b) μή alone, ={ἵνα μή}, lest, ἀπόστιχε μή τινοήσῃ Ἥρη [Refs 8th c.BC+]: future indicative and aorist subjunctive in consecutive clauses, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) in the protasis of conditional sentences, see at {εἰ} (for the exceptions see at {οὐ}), and with temporal conjunctions used conditionally, see at {ἐπειδάν, ὅταν, ὅτε}, etc. B.2.b) ὅτι μή except, ὅτι μὴ Χῖοι μοῦνοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅσα μὴ ἀποβαίνοντες provided only that they did not disembark, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.3) in later Gr, with causal Conjs, ὁ μὴ πιστεύων ἤδη κέκριται, ὅτι μὴ πεπίστευκεν [NT+2nd c.AD+] that, ὅτι μὴ ἐστὶν ἐπίπεδος οὕτως ἂν καταμάθοιμεν [Refs 2nd c.AD+] B.4) in relative clauses, which imply a condition or generality, ὃς δὲ μὴ εἶδέ κω τὴν κανναβίδα whoever, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὃ μὴ κελεύσει (perhaps κελεύσαι) Ζεύς such a thing as, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λέγονθ᾽ ἃ μὴ δεῖ such things as one ought not, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently with subjunctive, ᾧ μὴ ἄλλοι ἀοσσητῆρες ἔωσιν [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.5) with infinitive, B.5.a) regularlyfrom Homer on, except after Verbs of saying and thinking (but see below c): after ὥστε or ὡς, ὥστε μὴ φρονεῖν [Refs 4th c.BC+]: always when the infinitive takes the Article, τὸ μὴ προμαθεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.5.b) by an apparent pleonasm after Verbs of negative result signifying to forbid, deny, and the like, ὁ δ᾽ ἀναίνετο μηδὲν ἑλέσθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+] (μηδέν); ἀντιλέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] (μηδέ); ἀπαγορεύειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] (μηδέ); ἀποτρέπεσθαι [Refs] (μηδέν); ἀρνεῖσθαι, ἔξαρνος εἶναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παύειν (where the participle is more frequently) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in these cases the Article frequently precedes μή, τὸ δὲ μὴ λεηλατῆσαι. ἔσχε τόδε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐξομῇ τὸ μὴ εἰδένα; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἴργειν τὸ μή. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐμποδὼν γίγνεσθαι τοῦ μή. [Refs] B.5.c) after Verbs of saying and thinking which involve an action of will, as in those signifying to swear, aver, believe, and the like; so after ὄμνυμι, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: occasionally with other Verbs, φημί [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λέγω, προλέγω, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πάντες ἐροῦσι μή. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; νομίζω[Refs 5th c.BC+]: very frequently in later Gr, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.6) with the participle, when it can be resolved into a conditional clause, μὴ ἐνείκας, = {εἰ μὴ ἤνεικε}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μὴ θέλων, ={εἰ μὴ θέλεις}, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; μὴ δολώσαντος θεοῦ, ={εἰ μὴ ἐδόλωσε}, [Refs]; μὴ δρῶν, ={εἰ μὴ δρῴην}, [Refs 5th c.BC+], = ut qui nihil sciam, [Refs]; τίς πρὸς ἀνδρὸς μὴ βλέποντος ἄρκεσι; one who sees not, [Refs]: in this signification frequently with the Article, ὁ μὴ λεύσσων [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with causal significance, μὴ παρὼν θαυμάζεται [Refs 5th c.BC+]: very frequently in later Greek, [Refs 1st c.AD+]: occasionally after Verbs of knowing and showing, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.7) with Substantives, adjectives, and adverbs used generically, with or without Article, τὰ μὴ δίκαια [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ μὴ 'μπειρία, ={τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ἐμπειρίαν}, want of experience, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δῆμον καὶ μὴ δῆμον[Refs 4th c.BC+] B.8) after Verbs expressing fear or apprehension (compare μὴ οὐ): B.8.a) when the thing feared is future, mostly with subjunctive: with present subjunctive, δεινῶς ἀθυμῶ μὴ βλέπων ὁ μάντις ᾖ shall proveto be, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: more frequently with aorist, δείδοικα. μή σε παρείπῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with perfect, shall prove to have been, δέδοικα μὴ περαιτέρω πεπραγμέν᾽ ᾖ μοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: less frequently with future indicative, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with optative according to the sequence of moods and tenses: present optative, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: perfect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with future optative in oratio obliqua, [Refs 5th c.BC+]vect.4.41. B.8.b) when the action is present or past, the indicative is used, εἰσόρα μὴ σκῆψιν οὐκ οὖσαν τίθης [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.8.c) with indicative and subjunctive in consecutive clauses, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) in QUESTIONS: C.I) direct questions, C.I.1) with indicative, where aneg. answer is anticipated (but more generally in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μή σοι δοκοῦμεν; [Refs 5th c.BC+] (μηδέ) follows οὐ, see at {οὐ μή}. C.I.1.b) in other questions, τί μὴ ποιήσ; what am I not to do? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί μ; why not? [Refs]; compare μήν C.I.2) with subjunctive, when the speaker deliberates about a negative action, μὴ οὕτω φῶμε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοιοῦτος μὴ δῷ δίκη; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; πῶς μὴ φῶμε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; how can a man help being excited when he speaks? [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.II) indirect questions, frequently with Verbs implying fear and apprehension [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also σκοπεῖσθαι πῶς ἂν μή. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; later in simple indirect questions, ἐπυνθάνετο μὴ ἔγνω [Refs 2nd c.AD+] C.II.2) in questions introduced by εἰ, ἤρετό με. εἰ μὴ μέμνημαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἴτε. εἴτε μή, εἰ. ἢ οὔ, εἰ. ἢ μή without difference of meaning between μή and οὐ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] D) POSITION of μή. When the negative extends its power over the whole clause, μή properly precedes the Verb. When its force is limited to single words, it precedes those words. But Poets sometimes put μή after the Verb, ὄλοιο μή πω [Refs 5th c.BC+]; φράσῃς. μὴ πέρα[Refs] D.2) μή is sometimes repeated, μή, μή καλέσῃς [Refs 5th c.BC+] E) PROSODY: in Trag. μή may be joined by synizesis with a following ει or ου, μὴ οὐ, μὴ εἰδέναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: initial ε after μή is cut off by aphaeresis, μὴ 'πὁθουν [Refs] followed by α is sometimes written μἀ. (see. μὴ ἀλλά, etc.); sometimes separately, μὴ ἀδικεῖν [Refs 4th c.BC+] F) μή in COMPOSITION (joined with other words), as μὴ ἀλλά, μὴ γάρ, μὴ οὐ, μὴ ὅπως or ὅτι, μή ποτε, etc, will be found in alphabetical order.
Strongs
Word:
μή
Transliteration:
mḗ
Pronounciation:
may
Language:
Greek
Definition:
(adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas g3756 (οὐ) expects an affirmative one)) whether; any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without; a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas g3756 (οὐ) expresses an absolute denial)
may be persuaded
Strongs:
Lexicon:
πείθω
Greek:
πεισθῇς
Transliteration:
peisthēas
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to persuade
Morphhology:
Verb Aorist Passive Subjunctive 2nd Singular
Grammar:
an ACTION that maybe was done to a person being spoken or written to
Source:
Identical in all sources
Tyndale
Word:
πείθω
Transliteration:
peithō
Gloss:
to persuade
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
πείθω, [in LXX chiefly for בָּטַח בֶּטַח, its parts and derivatives;] (i) Active; 1) trans, to apply persuasion ("conative" in pres; see M, Pr., 147), to prevail upon or win over, persuade: absol, Mat.28:14, Act.19:26; before περί, with genitive of thing(s), Act.19:8; with accusative of person(s), Act.12:20 14:19 18:4, 2Co.5:11, Gal.1:10; τ. καρδίας ἡμῶν, 1Jn.3:19; with accusative before περί, Act.28:23; with accusative and inf, Act.13:43 26:28 (see Field, Notes, 141 ff.); with accusative before ἵνα (Plut.), Mat.27:20. 2) Intrans, 2 pf. πέποιθα with Pres. sense (see M, Pr., 147, 154; Bl, § 59, 2): to trust, be confident, have confidence: with accusative and inf, Rom.2:19; with accusative ref. (see Ellic, in l): Php.1:6, 25; with dative, Php.1:14, Phm 21; ἑαυτῷ, with inf, 2Co.10:7; before ἐν, Php.3:3-4; ἐν κυρίῳ ὅτι, Php.2:24; ἐπί, with dative, Mat.27:43 (WH, mg.), Mrk.10:24 (T, WH, R, mg, om.), Luk.11:22 18:9, 2Co.1:9, Heb.2:13; ἐπί, with accusative, Mat.27:43 (with dative, WH, mg.); id. before ὅτι, 2Co.2:3, 2Th.3:4 (see Lft, Notes, 127); εἰς, with accusative of person(s) before ὅτι, Gal.5:10. (ii) Pass. and mid; 1) to be persuaded, believe (see M, Pr., 158): absol, Luk.16:31, Act.17:4 21:14, Heb.13:18; with dative, Act.28:24; with accusative and inf, Act.26:26; so also pf, πέπεισμαι, πεπεισμένος εἰμί: with accusative ref. before περί, Heb.6:9; with accusative and inf, Luk.20:6; ὅτι, Rom.8:38, 2Ti.1:5 1:12; id. with ἐν κυρίῳ, Rom.14:14; περί, with genitive before ὅτι, Rom.15:14. 2) to listen to, obey: with dative of person(s), Act.5:36-37, 40 23:21 27:11, Rom.2:8, Gal.5:7, Heb.13:17, Jas.3:3 (cf. ἀνα-πείθω). Πειθώ, -οῦς, ἡ 1) Peitho, Persuasion (as a goddess). 2) persuasion: ἐν πειθοῖ (so Orig, Eus. and some cursives in 1Co.2:4 for πειθός, which see). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
πείθω
Transliteration:
peithō
Gloss:
to persuade
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
πείθω, persuade, imperfect ἔπειθον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect and Lyric poetry πεῖθον [Refs 5th c.BC+]: future πείσω [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect infinitive πεισέμεν [Refs]: aorist 1 ἔπεισα [Refs 8th c.BC+] has only optative πείσειε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect participle πείσαις [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist 2 ἔπῐθον [Refs 8th c.BC+] only in Epic dialect reduplicate forms πεπίθωμεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]: perfect πέπεικα [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—middle and passive πείθομαι, obey, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: future πείσομαι[Refs], etc: aorist 2 ἐπῐθόμην, Epic dialect πιθόμην [Refs 8th c.BC+]; subjunctive πίθωμαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; infinitive πιθέσθαι [Refs]; participle πιθόμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist 1 middle ἐπεισάμην [Refs 4th c.BC+] W: future passive πεισθήσομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist 1 ἐπείσθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]: perfect πέπεισμαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Thess. perfect infinitive πεπεῖστειν [Refs 3rd c.BC+] II) intransitive tenses of active, in passive sense, perfect 2 πέποιθα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 2nd pers. singular subjunctive πεποίθῃς [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect 1st pers. plural πεποίθομεν (for-ωμεν) [Refs 8th c.BC+]: pluperfect ἐπεποίθειν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural ἐπεποίθεσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Epic dialect πεποίθεα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 1st pers. plural ἐπέπιθμεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]aorist 2 participle πιθών ={πιθόμενος}, [Refs] III) as if from πῐθέω, [Refs 8th c.BC+] has future πῐθήσω [Refs 8th c.BC+] (obey): aorist participle πῐθήσας [Refs 8th c.BC+] (trust),[Refs 8th c.BC+]; reduplicate aorist subjunctive πεπῐθήσω transitive, [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—also Aeolic dialect πίθημι, participle πίθεις [Refs 7th c.BC+] A) active, prevail upon, persuade, usually by fair means, τινα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πεπιθεῖν φρένας Αἰακίδαο[Refs 8th c.BC+]: with accusative person et infinitive, persuade one to,[Refs 4th c.BC+]; π. τινὰς ὥστε δοῦναι, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὥστε μὴ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; later ἵνα. [NT+1st c.AD+]; π. τινὰς ὡς χρὴ, ὡς ἔστι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πείθω ἐμαυτόν I persuade myself, am persuaded, believe, [Refs 5th c.BC+]participle, πείσας by persuasion, by fair means, opposed to ἐν δόλῳ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to βίᾳ, [Refs]; πόλιν πείσας having obtained the city's consent, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μὴ πείσας unless by leave, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πείθοντες, opposed to βίᾳ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. γυναῖκα, opposed to βιάζεσθαι, [Refs]; πέπεικε, opposed to ἠνάγκακε, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with neuter pronoun, persuade one to or of a thing, τοῦτό γε οὐκ ἔπειθε τοὺς Φωκαιέας [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μὴ πεῖθ᾽ ἃ μὴ δεῖ do not attempt to persuade me to, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τοιάνδ᾽ ἔπειθε ῥῆσιν addressed them thus, [Refs 4th c.BC+] 2) prevail on by entreaty, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II) in bad sense, talk over, mislead, ἐπεὶ οὐ παρελεύσεαι οὐδέ με πείσεις [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.2) π. τινὰ χρήμασι bribe, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. ἐπὶ μισθῷ μισθῷ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (passive, χρήμασι πεισθείς [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πείθειν τινά alone, [NT+5th c.BC+] II.3) offood, tempt, [Refs 1st c.AD+] B) passive and middle, to be prevailed on, won over, persuaded, absolutely, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; imperative frequently in Trag, πείθου be persuaded, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but πιθοῦ comply, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with infinitive, to be persuaded to do, [Refs]; πείθεσθέ μοι πρύτανιν ἑλέσθαι [Refs]; also πείθεσθαί τινι ὥστε. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὃ. ὑμεῖς. ἥκιστ᾽ ἂν ὀξέως πείθοισθε (i.e. πρᾶξαι) [Refs]; ἑκὼν καὶ πεπεισμένος of one's own free will, [Refs 4th c.AD+], etc; τὰ μὲν παρ᾽ ἡμῶν ἴσθι σοι πεπεισμένα we are won over to you, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) πείθεσθαί τινι listen to one, obey him, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τοῖς ἐν τέλει βεβῶσι π. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοῖς ἄρχουσι, τῷ νόμῳ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; γήραϊ πείθεσθαι yield, succumb to old age, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; στυγερῇ πειθώμεθα δαιτί let us comply with the custom of eating, sad though the meal be, [Refs]; ἀδίκοις ἔργμασι π. [Refs 6th c.BC+] B.2.b) with adjective neuter, σημάντορι πάντα πιθέσθαι obey him in all things, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἅ τιν᾽ οὐ πείσεσθαι ὀΐω wherein I think some will not obey, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.3) with genitive, four times in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κείνου. πιθοίατο vulgar form in [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.II) πείθεσθαί τινι believe, trust in, πείθεθ᾽ ἑταίρῳ [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with accusative et infinitive, believe that, οὐ γάρ πω ἐπείθετο ὃν πατέρ᾽ εἶναι [Refs 8th c.BC+]infinitive, π. τινὶ μὴ εἶναι χρήματα, ={ὅτι χρήματα οὐκ ἔχει}, [Refs 5th c.BC+] adjective or pronoun, τὰ περὶ Αἴγυπτον τοῖσι λέγουσι αὐτὰ π, οὐκ ἐπείθοντο τὰ ἐσαγγελθέντα[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ταῦτ᾽ ἐγώ σοι οὐ πείθομαι I do not take this on your word, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.b) π. τινὰ ὅπως. to believe of him, that, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III) perfect [Refs]trust, rely on, with dative person vel of things, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (not frequently in early Prose, as αὑτῷ πεποιθέναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with dative et infinitive, οὔ πω χερσὶ πέποιθα ἄνδρ᾽ ἀπαμύνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]infinitive only, πέποιθα τοῦτ᾽ ἐπισπάσειν κλέος I trust to win this fame, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αἰχμήν. μᾶλλον θεοῦ σέβειν πεποιθώς daring to, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: rarely with accusative et infinitive, πέποιθα. τὸν πυρφόρον ἥξειν κεραυνόν [NT+4th c.BC+]; π. εἴς τινας ὅτι. [NT]; ἐπί τινας ὅτι. [NT] that you may feel confidence, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πεποιθώς in sure confidence, [LXX] B.IV) post-[Refs 8th c.BC+]perfect passive πέπεισμαι believe, trust, with dative, νεκροῖσι [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, συνοίσειν ταῦτα πέπ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πεπεισμένος ἔκ τινων λογίων persuaded by, [NT+1st c.AD+]. (Cf. Latin fido, fides.)
Strongs
Word:
πείθω
Transliteration:
peíthō
Pronounciation:
pi'-tho
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to convince (by argument, true or false); by analogy, to pacify or conciliate (by other fair means); reflexively or passively, to assent (to evidence or authority), to rely (by inward certainty); agree, assure, believe, have confidence, be (wax) conflent, make friend, obey, persuade, trust, yield; a primary verb
by them,
Strongs:
Lexicon:
αὐτός
Greek:
αὐτοῖς,
Transliteration:
autois
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
he/she/it/self
Morphhology:
Personal pronoun Dative Plural Masculine
Grammar:
a reference to recently mentioned male people or things that something is done for‚ or in relation to
Source:
Identical in all sources
Additional:
to them
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
αὐτός
Transliteration:
autos
Gloss:
it/s/he
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (3rd person)
Definition:
αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more frequently than in cl. (WM, 178f; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). 1) Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art, see infr, iii); (1) self (ipse), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc, αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Luk.5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jhn.2:25; αὐ.ὑμεῖς, Jhn.3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Rom.15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jhn.2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, Mrk.2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ, Mrk.6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mat.3:4, Mrk.6:17, Jhn.16:27, 1Th.3:11, al; in late Gk, sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Luk.10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, see word); (2) emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl, §48, 1, 2, 7), Mat.1:21, 12:50, Luk.6:35, al; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mat.8:24, Mrk.4:38, al; αὐ, καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (BL, §48, 1), Mat.14:2, Mrk.14:15, 44, Luk.1:22, 2:28, al. 2) In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd of person(s), he, she, it, Mat.7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al; with ptcp. in genitive absol, Mat.9:18, Mrk.13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl, §74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לוֹ; WM, 184ff; Bl, §50, 4; MM, see word), Mrk.7:25, Rev.3:8, 7:2, al; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mat.4:23, Act.8:5, 2Co.2:13, al; genitive αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Rom.11:11, 1Th.2:19, Tit.3:5, Heb.2:4. 3) ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ, the same: Heb.1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ, ποιεῖν, Mat.5:46, 47, al; φρονεῖν, Rom.12:16, 15:5, Php.2:2, al; τὰ αὐ, Act.15:27, Rom.2:1, al; κατὰ τὸ (τὰ) αὐ. (MM, see word), Act.14:1, Luk.6:23, al; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ, together (MM, see word), Mat.22:34, Act.1:15, al; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ, 1Co.11:5, 12:11; with dative (cl.), 1Co.11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mrk.14:39; μέτρος, Php.1:30; πνεῦμα, 1Co.12:4. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
αὐτός
Transliteration:
autos
Gloss:
it/s/he
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (3rd person)
Definition:
αὐτός (Cretan dialect ἀϝτός [Refs] (also αὐτόν[Refs], reflexive pronoun, self:—in oblique cases used for the personal pronoun, him, her, it:—with Article, ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό (also ταὐτόν), etc, the very one, the same. I) self, myself, thyself, etc, accusative to the person of the Verb: frequently joined with ἐγώ, σύ, etc. (see. below 10), I.1) one's true self, the soul, not the body, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; reversely, body, not soul, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; oneself, as opposed to others who are less prominent, as king to subject, [Refs]; man to wife and children, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; warrior to horses, [Refs 8th c.BC+], or to weapons, [Refs]; shepherd to herd, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; seamen to ships, [Refs]: generally, whole to parts,[Refs 5th c.BC+]: absolutely, the Master, as in the [Refs 4th c.BC+] Latin Ipse dixit; so τίς οὗτος;— Αὐτός, i.e. Socrates, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀναβόησον Αὐτόν[Refs]the Master, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the result will show, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially αὐτὸ δείξει[Refs 5th c.BC+]; of things, the very, ὑπὸ λόφον αὐτόν, i.e. just, exactly under, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πρὸς αὐταῖς ταῖς θύραις close by the door, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ τὸ δέον the very thing needed, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ τὸ περίορθρον the point of dawn, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὰ τὰ ἐναντία the very opposite, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even, οὔ μοι μέλει ἄλγος οὔτ᾽ αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης[Refs 8th c.BC+] —In these senses αὐτός in Prose either precedes both the _Article_ and substantive, or follows both, e.g. αὐτὸς ὁ υἱός or ὁ υἱὸς αὐτός. The Article is sometimes omitted with proper names, or Nouns denoting individuals, αὐτὸς Μένων[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2) of oneself, of one's own accord, ἀλλά τις αὐ. ἴτω[Refs 8th c.BC+]; also, in person, τῶν πραγμάτων ὑμῖν. αὐτοῖς ἀντιληπτέον[Refs 4th c.BC+] I.3) by oneself or itself, alone, αὐτός περ ἐών although alone, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸς ἐγείναο παῖδ᾽, i.e. without a mother,[Refs 8th c.BC+]by himself, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν we are by ourselves, i.e. among friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὰ γὰρ ἔστιν ταῦτα these and no others, [Refs 5th c.BC+] himself alone, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸς μόνος, see at {μόνος} II; αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτόν, see at {ἑαυτοῦ}. I.4) in Philosophy, by or in itself, of an abstract concept or idea, δίκαιον αὐτό[Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently in this sense, attached to Nouns of all genders, οὐκ αὐτὸ δικαιοσύνην ἐπαινοῦντες ἀλλὰ τὰς ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς εὐδοκιμήσεις[Refs 5th c.BC+]; more fully, εἰ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πατέρα ἠρώτων, ἆρα ὁ πατήρ ἐστι πατήρ τινος, ἢ ο; [Refs]; ἀδελφός, αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὅπερ ἔστιν the ideal, abstract brother, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; less frequently agreeing with the substantive, ἵνα αὐτὴ δικαιοσύνη πρὸς ἀδικίαν αὐτὴν κριθείη[Refs 5th c.BC+]its very self, [Refs] I.5) in dative with substantive, in one, together, ἀνόρουσεν αὐτῇ σὺν φόρμιγγι he sprang up lyre in hand, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτῇ σὺν πήληκι κάρη helmet and all,[Refs 8th c.BC+] men and all, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτοῖσι συμμάχοισι allies and all, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.6) added to ordinal Numbers, e.g. πέμπτος αὐτός himself the fifth, i. e. himself with four others, [NT+5th c.BC+] I.7) frequently coupled with οὗτος, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτό ἐστι τὸ ζητηθέν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ταῦτα ἥκω αὐτὰ ἵνα. [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.8) καὶ αὐτός himself too, [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.9) repeated in apodosi for emphasis, αὐτὸς ἐπαγγειλάμενος σώσειν. αὐτὸς ἀπώλεσεν[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10) in connexion with the person. pronoun, ἐγὼν αὐτός[Refs 8th c.BC+]; followed by an enclitic pronoun, αὐτόν μιν[Refs 8th c.BC+] I.10.b) with person. pronoun omitted, αὐτός. ἧσθαι λιλαίομαι, for ἐγὼ αὐτός, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸν ἐλέησον, for ἐμὲ αὐτόν,[Refs 8th c.BC+] is simply a strengthened form of ο; and so in Attic dialect, when σὲ αὐτόν, ἐμοὶ αὐτῷ, etc, are read divisim, they are emphatic, not reflexive; in this case αὐτός generally precedes the person. pronoun,[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10.c) with the reflexive ἑαυτοῦ, αὑτοῦ, etc, to add force and definiteness, αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτοῦ[Refs 4th c.BC+]; αὐτοὶ ὑφ᾽ αὑτῶν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; sometimes between the Article and reflexive pronoun, τοῖς αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ πήμασιν βαρύνεται[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10.d) αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶν with possessive pronoun, πατρὸς κλέος ἠδ᾽ ἐμὸν αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+]; τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+] I.10.e) αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ with comparative and superlative adjective, αὐτὸς ἑωυτοῦ ῥέει πολλῷ ὑποδεέστερος[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.11) αὐτός for ὁ αὐτός, the same, [Refs 8th c.BC+], and in later Prose, αὐταῖς ταῖς ἡμέραις[NT+2nd c.AD+] I.12) comparative αὐτότερος[Refs 5th c.BC+]: superlative αὐτότατος his very self, [Refs 5th c.BC+]. adverb, comparative αὐτοτέρως[Refs 2nd c.AD+] II) he, she, it, for the simple pronoun of 3 person, only in oblique cases (except in later Gk, [NT], and rarely first in a sentence, [NT+5th c.BC+]: rare in Epic dialect, [Refs 8th c.BC+], and mostly emphatic,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; so in Trag, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in Prose, to recall a Noun used earlier in the sentence, ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν βασιλέα. οὐκ οἶδα ὅ τι δεῖ αὐτὸν ὀμόσαι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; after a Relative, ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται. ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+]; especially where a second Verb requires a change of case in the pronoun, οἳ ἂν ἐξελεγχθῶσι. ὡς προδότας αὐτοὺς ὄντας τιμωρηθῆναι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; later, pleonastically after a Relative, ὧν ὁ μὲν αὐτῶν[NT+5th c.BC+] III) with Article ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό, and Attic dialect contraction αὑτός, αὑτή, ταὐτό and ταὐτόν (as required by the metre,[Refs 5th c.BC+] plural neuter ταὐτ; Ionic dialect ὡυτός, τὠυτό:—the very one, the same, rare in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with dative, to denote sameness or agreement, especially in Prose, τὠυτὸ ἂν ὑμῖν ἐπρήσσομεν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ αὐτὸς τῷ λίθῳ the same as the stone, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ταὐτῷ εἶναί τινι to be in the place with, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; προσίεσθαί τινα ἐς ταὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ to have a person meet one,[Refs 5th c.BC+]face to face, [Refs 4th c.AD+] III.2) in later Greek, the said, the above-named, Ἡρώδης ὁ αὐ.[Refs 3rd c.BC+] IV) Adverbial phrases: IV.1) αὐτὸ μόνον simply, merely, [Refs 1st c.AD+] IV.2) αὐτό as adverb, ={ἄρτι}, [Refs] IV.3) αὐτὸ τοῦτο as adverb, [NT+2nd c.BC+] IV.4) with Preps, ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό added together, making a total, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; κατὰ τὸ αὐτό together, at the same time,[NT], etc; but κατ᾽ αὐτό just then, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] V) In Compos: V.1) of or by oneself, self-, as in αὐτοδίδακτος, αὐτογνώμων, αὐτόματος: and so, independently, as in αὐτοκράτωρ, αὐτόνομος. V.2) hence, as a second self, very, bodily, as with proper names, Αὐτοθαΐς. V.3) in the abstract, the ideal, see above[Refs] V.4) precisely, as in αὐτόδεκα. V.5) rarely with reflexive sense of ἀλλήλων, as in αὐτοκτονέω. V.6) in one piece with, together with, as in αὐτόκωπος, αὐτοχείλης, αὐτόπρεμνος, αὐτόρριζος. V.7) by itself: hence, only, as in αὐτόξυλος, αὐτόποκος.—For αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶς, etc, see the respective Arts.
Strongs
Word:
αὐτός
Transliteration:
autós
Pronounciation:
ow-tos'
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative g1438 (ἑαυτοῦ)) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons; her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which; from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of g109 (ἀήρ) through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward)
Lie in wait
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἐνεδρεύω
Greek:
ἐνεδρεύουσιν
Transliteration:
enedreuousin
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to ambush
Morphhology:
Verb Present Active Indicative 3rd Plural
Grammar:
an ACTION that happens - by people or things being discussed
Source:
Identical in all sources
Tyndale
Word:
ἐνεδρεύω
Transliteration:
enedreuō
Gloss:
to ambush
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
ἐνεδρεύω (ἐνέδρα), [in LXX chiefly for אָרַב;] to lie in wait for: with accusative of person(s), Luk.11:54, Act.23:21. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἐνεδρεύω
Transliteration:
enedreuō
Gloss:
to ambush
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
ἐνεδρ-εύω, imperfect ἐνήδρευον [Refs 5th c.BC+]: future ἐνεδρεύσω [Refs 1st c.AD+]: aorist ἐνήδρευσα [Refs 5th c.BC+] — middle, future -σομαι (in passive sense) [Refs]:—passive, aorist ἐνηδρεύθην [Refs 4th c.BC+]: perfect ἐνήδρευμαι [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: (ἐνέδρα):—lie in wait for, lay snares for, τινά [Refs 4th c.BC+]: passive, to be caught in an ambush, to be ensnared, of animals, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of persons to whom poison has been given, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰ. μὴ τῷ χρόνῳ ἐνηδρεύθημεν if we had not been deceived by time, [Refs 4th c.BC+] 2) absolutely, lay or set an ambush, ἐς τὸ Ἐνυάλιον [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) place in ambush, πεζούς [Refs 1st c.AD+]:—middle, absolutely, set an ambush, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, metaphorically, οἱ ἐνηδρευμένοι τῇ δημηγορίᾳ λόγοι [Refs 3rd c.AD+] III) hinder, obstruct, τινάς [Refs 3rd c.AD+]; διάπρασιν [Refs 5th c.AD+]:— passive, [Refs 4th c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ἐνεδρεύω
Transliteration:
enedreúō
Pronounciation:
en-ed-ryoo'-o
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to lurk, i.e. (figuratively) plot assassination; lay wait for; from g1747 (ἐνέδρα)
indeed
Strongs:
Lexicon:
γάρ
Greek:
γὰρ
Transliteration:
gar
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
for
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Source:
Identical in all sources
Tyndale
Word:
γάρ
Transliteration:
gar
Gloss:
for
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
γάρ, co-ordinating particle, contr. of γε ἄρα, verily then, hence, in truth, indeed, yea, then, why, and when giving a reason or explanation, for, the usage in NT being in general accord with that of cl; 1) explicative and epexegetic: Mat.4:18 19:12, Mrk.1:16 5:42 16:4, Luk.11:3 o, Rom.7:1, 1Co.16:5, al. 2) Conclusive, in questions, answers and exclamations: Mat.9:5 27:23, Luk.9:25 22:27, Jhn.9:30, Act.8:31 16:37 19:35, Rom.15:26, 1Co.9:10, Php.1:18 (Ellic, in l.), 1Th.2:20, al. 3) Causal: Mat.1:21 2:2, 5, 6, 3:23, Mrk.1:22, 9:6, Luk.1:15, 18, Jhn.2:25, Act.2:25, Rom.1:9, 11, 1Co.11:5, Rev.1:3, al; giving the reason for a command or prohibition, Mat.2:20 3:9, Rom.13:11, Col.3:3, 1Th.4:3, al; where the cause is contained in an interrog. statement, Luk.22:27, Rom.3:3 4:3, 1Co.10:29; καὶ γάρ, for also, Mrk.10:45, Luk.6:32, 1Co.5:7, al. id. as in cl. = etenim, where the καί loses its connective force (Bl, §78, 6; Kühner 3, ii, 854f.), Mrk.14:70, Luk.1:66 22:37, 2Co.13:4. The proper place of γάρ is after the first word in a clause, but in poets it often comes third or fourth, and so in late prose: 2Co.1:19. Yet "not the number but the nature of the word after which it stands is the point to be noticed" (see Thayer, see word). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
γάρ
Transliteration:
gar
Gloss:
for
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
γάρ (γε, ἄρα), causal conjunction, used alone or with other Particles. I) introducing the reason or cause of what precedes, for, τῷ γὰρ ἐπὶ φρεσὶ θῆκε θεὰ λευκώλενος Ἥρη· κήδετο γ. Δαναῶν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; but frequently in explanation of that which is implied in the preceding clause, πολλάων πολίων κατέλυσε κάρηνα. τοῦ γὰρ κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον [Refs] I.b) in simple explanations, especially after a Pronoun or demonstrative adjective, ἀλλὰ τόδ᾽ αἰνὸν ἄχος κραδίην καὶ θυμὸν ἱκάνει· Ἕκτωρ γ. ποτε φήσει [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ δὲ δεινότατον. ὁ Ζεὺς γ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in introducing proofs or examples, μαρτύριον δέ· Δήλου γ. καθαιρομένης. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τεκμήριον δέ· οὔτε γ. Λακεδαιμόνιοι. [Refs 4th c.BC+]; in full, τεκμήριον δὲ τούτου τόδε· αἱ μὲν γ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παράδειγμα τόδε τοῦ λόγου· ἐκ γ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.c) to introduce a detailed description or narration already alluded to, ὅμως δὲ λεκτέα ἃ γιγνώσκω· ἔχει γ. [ἡ χώρα] πεδία κάλλιστα. [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.d) in answers to questions or statements challenging assent or denial, yes, no. , οὔκουν. ἀνάγκη ἐστ;—ἀνάγκη γ. οὖν, ἔφη, ay doubtless it is necessary, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἱκανὸς γ, ἔφη, συμβαίνει γ, ἔφη, [Refs]; οὔκουν δὴ τό γ᾽ εἰκός.—οὐ γ: [Refs] I.2) by inversion, preceding the fact explained, since, as, Ἀτρεΐδη, πολλοὶ γ. τεθνᾶσιν Ἀχαιοί. τῷ σε χρὴ πόλεμον παῦσαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; χρόνου δὲ οὐ πολλοῦ διελθόντος (χρῆν γ. Κανδαύλῃ γενέσθαι κακῶς) ἔλεγε πρὸς τὸν Γύγην τοιάδε, Γύγη, οὐ γ. σε δοκέω πείθεσθαι. (ὦτα γ. τυγχάνει κτλ.), ποίει ὅκως. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶεν, σὺ γ. τούτων ἐπιστήμων, τί χρὴ ποιεῖ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; the principal proposition is sometimes I.2.b) blended with the causal one, τῇ δὲ κακῶς γ. ἔδεε γενέσθαι εἶπε, i.e. ἡ δέ (κακῶς γ. οἱ ἔδεε γενέσθαι) εἶπε [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2.c) attached to the hypothet. Particle instead of being joined to the apodosis, οὐδ᾽ εἰ γ. ἦν τὸ πρᾶγμα μὴ θεήλατον, ἀκάθαρτον ὑμᾶς εἰκὸς ἦν οὕτως ἐᾶν, i.e. οὐδὲ γ. εἰ ἦν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2.d) repeated, οὐ γ. οὖν σιγήσομαι· ἔτικτε γ. [Refs] I.3) in elliptical phrases, where that of which γάρ gives the reason is omitted, and must be supplied, I.3.a) frequently in Trag. dialogue and [Refs 5th c.BC+], when yes or no may be supplied from the context, καὶ δῆτ᾽ ἐτόλμας τούσδ᾽ ὑπερβαίνειν νόμου;—οὐ γ. τί μοι Ζεὺς ἦν ὁ κηρύξας τάδε [yes], for it was not Zeus, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in phrase ἔστι γ. οὕτω [yes], for so it is, i. e. yes certainly: λέγεταί τι καινό; γένοιτο γ. ἄν τι καινότερον ἢ; [why,] could there be? [Refs 5th c.BC+] [do so], yet shall ye never prevail by this means: for ἀλλὰ γ, see below[Refs] I.3.b) to confirm or strengthen something said, οἵδ᾽ οὐκέτ᾽ εἰσί· τοῦτο γάρ σε δήξεται [I say this], for it will sting thee, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: after an Exclamation, ὦ πόποι· ἀνάριθμα γ. φέρω πήματα [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.3.c) in conditional propositions, where the condition is omitted, else, οὐ γ. ἄν με ἔπεμπον πάλιν (i.e. εἰ μὴ ἐπίστευον) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γίνεται γ. ἡ κοινωνία συμμαχία for in that case, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I.4) in abrupt questions, why, what, τίς γ. σε θεῶν ἐμοὶ ἄγγελον ἧκε; why who hath sent thee? [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πατροκτονοῦσα γ. ξυνοικήσεις ἐμο; what, wilt thou? [Refs 4th c.BC+]; what, was it? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί γ; quid enim? i. e. it must be so, [Refs]; τί γ. δή ποτ; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; also πῶς γ; πῶς γ. ο;, see at {πῶς}. I.5) to strengthen a wish, with optative, κακῶς γ. ἐξόλοιο O that you might perish! [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare αἴ, εἰ, εἴθε, πῶς. II) joined with other Particles: II.1) ἀλλὰ γ. where γάρ gives the reason of a clause to be supplied between ἀλλά and itself, as ἀλλ᾽ ἐν γὰρ Τρώων πεδίῳ. but [far otherwise], for, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἥκουσ᾽ αἵδ᾽ ἐπὶ πρᾶγος πικρόν but [hush], for, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἀλλ᾽ οὐ γ. σ᾽ ἐθέλω. but [look out] for, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.2) γ. ἄρα for indeed, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3) γ. δή for of course, for you know, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; φάμεν γ. δή yes certainly we say so, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.4) γ. νυ [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.5) γ. οὖν for indeed, to confirm or explain, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; φησὶ γ. οὖν yes of course he says so, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare τοιγαροῦν. II.6) γ. που for I suppose, especially with negatives, [Refs] II.7) γ. ῥα, ={γὰρ ἄρα}, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.8) γ. τε, [Refs]; also τε γ. [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.9) γ. τοι for surely, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; compare τοιγάρτοι. B) POSITION: γάρ properly stands after the first word in a clause, but in Pocts it frequently stands third or fourth, when the preceding words are closely connected, as ὁ μὲν γὰρ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; χἠ ναῦς γὰρ. [Refs]; τό τ᾽ εἰκαθεῖν γὰρ. [Refs]; τὸ μὴ θέμις γὰρ. [Refs 4th c.BC+]: sometimes for metrical reasons, where there is no such connexion, as third [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in later Comedy texts fifth [Refs 4th c.BC+]; once sixth in [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) inserted before the demonstrative -ί, as νυνγαρί for νυνὶ γά; compare νυνί. C) QUANTITY: γάρ is sometimes long in [Refs 8th c.BC+].—In Attic dialect always short: [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
γάρ
Transliteration:
gár
Pronounciation:
gar
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Definition:
properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles); and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet; a primary particle
for him
Strongs:
Lexicon:
αὐτός
Greek:
αὐτὸν
Transliteration:
auton
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
he/she/it/self
Morphhology:
Personal pronoun Accusative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a reference to a recently mentioned male person or thing that is having something done to them
Source:
Identical in all sources
Additional:
him
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
αὐτός
Transliteration:
autos
Gloss:
it/s/he
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (3rd person)
Definition:
αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more frequently than in cl. (WM, 178f; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). 1) Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art, see infr, iii); (1) self (ipse), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc, αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Luk.5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jhn.2:25; αὐ.ὑμεῖς, Jhn.3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Rom.15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jhn.2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, Mrk.2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ, Mrk.6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mat.3:4, Mrk.6:17, Jhn.16:27, 1Th.3:11, al; in late Gk, sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Luk.10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, see word); (2) emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl, §48, 1, 2, 7), Mat.1:21, 12:50, Luk.6:35, al; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mat.8:24, Mrk.4:38, al; αὐ, καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (BL, §48, 1), Mat.14:2, Mrk.14:15, 44, Luk.1:22, 2:28, al. 2) In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd of person(s), he, she, it, Mat.7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al; with ptcp. in genitive absol, Mat.9:18, Mrk.13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl, §74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לוֹ; WM, 184ff; Bl, §50, 4; MM, see word), Mrk.7:25, Rev.3:8, 7:2, al; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mat.4:23, Act.8:5, 2Co.2:13, al; genitive αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Rom.11:11, 1Th.2:19, Tit.3:5, Heb.2:4. 3) ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ, the same: Heb.1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ, ποιεῖν, Mat.5:46, 47, al; φρονεῖν, Rom.12:16, 15:5, Php.2:2, al; τὰ αὐ, Act.15:27, Rom.2:1, al; κατὰ τὸ (τὰ) αὐ. (MM, see word), Act.14:1, Luk.6:23, al; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ, together (MM, see word), Mat.22:34, Act.1:15, al; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ, 1Co.11:5, 12:11; with dative (cl.), 1Co.11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mrk.14:39; μέτρος, Php.1:30; πνεῦμα, 1Co.12:4. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
αὐτός
Transliteration:
autos
Gloss:
it/s/he
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (3rd person)
Definition:
αὐτός (Cretan dialect ἀϝτός [Refs] (also αὐτόν[Refs], reflexive pronoun, self:—in oblique cases used for the personal pronoun, him, her, it:—with Article, ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό (also ταὐτόν), etc, the very one, the same. I) self, myself, thyself, etc, accusative to the person of the Verb: frequently joined with ἐγώ, σύ, etc. (see. below 10), I.1) one's true self, the soul, not the body, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; reversely, body, not soul, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; oneself, as opposed to others who are less prominent, as king to subject, [Refs]; man to wife and children, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; warrior to horses, [Refs 8th c.BC+], or to weapons, [Refs]; shepherd to herd, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; seamen to ships, [Refs]: generally, whole to parts,[Refs 5th c.BC+]: absolutely, the Master, as in the [Refs 4th c.BC+] Latin Ipse dixit; so τίς οὗτος;— Αὐτός, i.e. Socrates, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀναβόησον Αὐτόν[Refs]the Master, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the result will show, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially αὐτὸ δείξει[Refs 5th c.BC+]; of things, the very, ὑπὸ λόφον αὐτόν, i.e. just, exactly under, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πρὸς αὐταῖς ταῖς θύραις close by the door, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ τὸ δέον the very thing needed, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ τὸ περίορθρον the point of dawn, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὰ τὰ ἐναντία the very opposite, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even, οὔ μοι μέλει ἄλγος οὔτ᾽ αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης[Refs 8th c.BC+] —In these senses αὐτός in Prose either precedes both the _Article_ and substantive, or follows both, e.g. αὐτὸς ὁ υἱός or ὁ υἱὸς αὐτός. The Article is sometimes omitted with proper names, or Nouns denoting individuals, αὐτὸς Μένων[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2) of oneself, of one's own accord, ἀλλά τις αὐ. ἴτω[Refs 8th c.BC+]; also, in person, τῶν πραγμάτων ὑμῖν. αὐτοῖς ἀντιληπτέον[Refs 4th c.BC+] I.3) by oneself or itself, alone, αὐτός περ ἐών although alone, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸς ἐγείναο παῖδ᾽, i.e. without a mother,[Refs 8th c.BC+]by himself, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν we are by ourselves, i.e. among friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὰ γὰρ ἔστιν ταῦτα these and no others, [Refs 5th c.BC+] himself alone, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸς μόνος, see at {μόνος} II; αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτόν, see at {ἑαυτοῦ}. I.4) in Philosophy, by or in itself, of an abstract concept or idea, δίκαιον αὐτό[Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently in this sense, attached to Nouns of all genders, οὐκ αὐτὸ δικαιοσύνην ἐπαινοῦντες ἀλλὰ τὰς ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς εὐδοκιμήσεις[Refs 5th c.BC+]; more fully, εἰ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πατέρα ἠρώτων, ἆρα ὁ πατήρ ἐστι πατήρ τινος, ἢ ο; [Refs]; ἀδελφός, αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὅπερ ἔστιν the ideal, abstract brother, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; less frequently agreeing with the substantive, ἵνα αὐτὴ δικαιοσύνη πρὸς ἀδικίαν αὐτὴν κριθείη[Refs 5th c.BC+]its very self, [Refs] I.5) in dative with substantive, in one, together, ἀνόρουσεν αὐτῇ σὺν φόρμιγγι he sprang up lyre in hand, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτῇ σὺν πήληκι κάρη helmet and all,[Refs 8th c.BC+] men and all, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτοῖσι συμμάχοισι allies and all, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.6) added to ordinal Numbers, e.g. πέμπτος αὐτός himself the fifth, i. e. himself with four others, [NT+5th c.BC+] I.7) frequently coupled with οὗτος, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτό ἐστι τὸ ζητηθέν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ταῦτα ἥκω αὐτὰ ἵνα. [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.8) καὶ αὐτός himself too, [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.9) repeated in apodosi for emphasis, αὐτὸς ἐπαγγειλάμενος σώσειν. αὐτὸς ἀπώλεσεν[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10) in connexion with the person. pronoun, ἐγὼν αὐτός[Refs 8th c.BC+]; followed by an enclitic pronoun, αὐτόν μιν[Refs 8th c.BC+] I.10.b) with person. pronoun omitted, αὐτός. ἧσθαι λιλαίομαι, for ἐγὼ αὐτός, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸν ἐλέησον, for ἐμὲ αὐτόν,[Refs 8th c.BC+] is simply a strengthened form of ο; and so in Attic dialect, when σὲ αὐτόν, ἐμοὶ αὐτῷ, etc, are read divisim, they are emphatic, not reflexive; in this case αὐτός generally precedes the person. pronoun,[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10.c) with the reflexive ἑαυτοῦ, αὑτοῦ, etc, to add force and definiteness, αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτοῦ[Refs 4th c.BC+]; αὐτοὶ ὑφ᾽ αὑτῶν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; sometimes between the Article and reflexive pronoun, τοῖς αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ πήμασιν βαρύνεται[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10.d) αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶν with possessive pronoun, πατρὸς κλέος ἠδ᾽ ἐμὸν αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+]; τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+] I.10.e) αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ with comparative and superlative adjective, αὐτὸς ἑωυτοῦ ῥέει πολλῷ ὑποδεέστερος[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.11) αὐτός for ὁ αὐτός, the same, [Refs 8th c.BC+], and in later Prose, αὐταῖς ταῖς ἡμέραις[NT+2nd c.AD+] I.12) comparative αὐτότερος[Refs 5th c.BC+]: superlative αὐτότατος his very self, [Refs 5th c.BC+]. adverb, comparative αὐτοτέρως[Refs 2nd c.AD+] II) he, she, it, for the simple pronoun of 3 person, only in oblique cases (except in later Gk, [NT], and rarely first in a sentence, [NT+5th c.BC+]: rare in Epic dialect, [Refs 8th c.BC+], and mostly emphatic,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; so in Trag, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in Prose, to recall a Noun used earlier in the sentence, ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν βασιλέα. οὐκ οἶδα ὅ τι δεῖ αὐτὸν ὀμόσαι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; after a Relative, ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται. ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+]; especially where a second Verb requires a change of case in the pronoun, οἳ ἂν ἐξελεγχθῶσι. ὡς προδότας αὐτοὺς ὄντας τιμωρηθῆναι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; later, pleonastically after a Relative, ὧν ὁ μὲν αὐτῶν[NT+5th c.BC+] III) with Article ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό, and Attic dialect contraction αὑτός, αὑτή, ταὐτό and ταὐτόν (as required by the metre,[Refs 5th c.BC+] plural neuter ταὐτ; Ionic dialect ὡυτός, τὠυτό:—the very one, the same, rare in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with dative, to denote sameness or agreement, especially in Prose, τὠυτὸ ἂν ὑμῖν ἐπρήσσομεν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ αὐτὸς τῷ λίθῳ the same as the stone, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ταὐτῷ εἶναί τινι to be in the place with, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; προσίεσθαί τινα ἐς ταὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ to have a person meet one,[Refs 5th c.BC+]face to face, [Refs 4th c.AD+] III.2) in later Greek, the said, the above-named, Ἡρώδης ὁ αὐ.[Refs 3rd c.BC+] IV) Adverbial phrases: IV.1) αὐτὸ μόνον simply, merely, [Refs 1st c.AD+] IV.2) αὐτό as adverb, ={ἄρτι}, [Refs] IV.3) αὐτὸ τοῦτο as adverb, [NT+2nd c.BC+] IV.4) with Preps, ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό added together, making a total, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; κατὰ τὸ αὐτό together, at the same time,[NT], etc; but κατ᾽ αὐτό just then, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] V) In Compos: V.1) of or by oneself, self-, as in αὐτοδίδακτος, αὐτογνώμων, αὐτόματος: and so, independently, as in αὐτοκράτωρ, αὐτόνομος. V.2) hence, as a second self, very, bodily, as with proper names, Αὐτοθαΐς. V.3) in the abstract, the ideal, see above[Refs] V.4) precisely, as in αὐτόδεκα. V.5) rarely with reflexive sense of ἀλλήλων, as in αὐτοκτονέω. V.6) in one piece with, together with, as in αὐτόκωπος, αὐτοχείλης, αὐτόπρεμνος, αὐτόρριζος. V.7) by itself: hence, only, as in αὐτόξυλος, αὐτόποκος.—For αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶς, etc, see the respective Arts.
Strongs
Word:
αὐτός
Transliteration:
autós
Pronounciation:
ow-tos'
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative g1438 (ἑαυτοῦ)) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons; her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which; from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of g109 (ἀήρ) through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward)
of
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἐκ
Greek:
ἐξ
Transliteration:
ex
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
out from
Morphhology:
Preposition
Grammar:
relating it to another person or thing
Source:
Identical in all sources
Additional:
of
Tyndale
Word:
ἐκ
Transliteration:
ek
Gloss:
out from
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἐκ (ἐξ), prep. with genitive, from out of, from (see Addendum, p. 492). This entry is included here, but in the print version the entry is found on p. 492. ἐκ, before a vowel ἐξ, prep. with genitive, of motion outwards, separation from (opposite to εἰς; = Lat. e, ex), from out of, from among, from. I. Of Place, 1) of motion, out of, forth from, off from: Jhn.6:31, Act.9:3, Gal.1:8, al; esp. after verbs of motion, Mat.8:28 17:9, Mrk.1:25 7:28, Jhn.1:33 20:1, Act.12:7, 17 27:30, al; constr. praeg, σώζειν (διας) ἐκ, Ju 5, Act.28:4. Metaphorical, Mat.7:4, 5, 1Pe.2:9; ἐκ τ. χειρός (-ῶν), before genitive of person(s), Luk.1:74, Jhn.10:28, 29, 39, Act.12:4 24:7, Rev.19:2; πίνειν (which see) ἐκ; of the place from which an action proceeds, Luk.5:3 (cf. 12:36, Jhn.13:4, 2Co.2:4). 2) Of change from one place or condition to another: Jhn.8:42, Rom.6:13 13:11, Rev.7:14, al; with ellips. of verb of motion, 2Ti.2:26, 2Pe.2:21, Rev.2:21, al. 3) Of separation or distinction from a number, before collective or pl. nouns: Mat.13:47, 49, Jhn.12:1, Act.3:15, 1Pe.1:3, al; after εἷς, Mat.10:29 Luk.17:15, al; οὐδείς, Jhn.7:19, al; πολλοί, Jhn.11:19, al; τις, Luk.11:15, al; τίς, Mat.6:27, al; in partitive phrase as subject of sentence, Jhn.16:17; Hebraistically, ἐκ μέσου before genitive, = ἐκ (Heb. מִתּוֹךְ), Mat.13:49, al. 4) Of position or direction (so in cl. = ἔξω): ἐκ δεξιῶν (see: δεξιός); ἐξ ἐναντίας, Mrk.15:39 (metaphorically, Tit.2:8); ἐκ ῥιζῶν (i.e, utterly), Mat.11:20. II. Of Time, 1) of the point of time from which, from, since: ἐκ γενετῆς, Jhn.9:1, cf. Mrk.10:20, Luk.23:8, Act.24:10, al. 2) Of succession in time: ἐκ δευτέρου, a second time, Mrk.14:72, al, cf. Mat.26:44; ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας, from day to day, 2Pe.2:8. III. Of Origin, 1) of nativity, lineage, race: κοίτην (ἐν γαστρί) ἔχειν, Rom.9:10, Mat.1:18; γεννᾶν ἐκ, Mat.1:3 ff; γεννᾶσθαι (γίνεσθαι) ἐκ, Jhn.3:6 8:41, Gal.4:4; ἐκ πνεύματος (θεοῦ), Jhn.1:13 3:5ff, al. ἔρχεσθαι, εἶναι, etc, ἐκ τ. πολέως, Jhn.1:44; φυλῆς, Luk.2:36, al; τ. ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου, Luk.23:7; ὁ ὢν ἐκ τ. γῆς, Jhn.3:31. 2) Of the author, occasion or source: Mat.5:37, Jhn.2:16, Rom.2:29, 1Co.8:6, Gal.5:8, al; ἐκ (τ. θεοῦ, 1Co.7:7, 2Co.5:1, 1Jn.4:7; ἐκ τ. πατρός, Jhn.6:65, al; ἐκ τ. γῆς ἐστιν, λαλεῖ, Jhn.3:31; εκ καρδίας, Rom.6:17, cf. Mrk.12:30, 1Ti.1:5; ἐκ ψυχῆς, Eph.6:6, Col.3:23; ἐκ πίστεως, Rom.14:23; κρίνειν ἐκ, Luk.19:22, Rev.20:12. 3) Of the agent, after passive verbs: Mat.15:5, Mrk.7:11, 2Co.2:2, al; frequently in Re after αδικεῖσθαι (2:11), etc. 4) Of cause, dependence, source of supply: τ. πόνου (των), Rev.16:10, 11; τ. φωνῶν, Rev.8:13; ἐκ τούτου, Jhn.6:66 19:12 (but see Meyer, in ll.); ἐκ θεοῦ λαλεῖν, 2Co.2:17; ἐκ τ. ἀληθείας, Jhn.18:37, 1Jn.3:19; ὁ ἐκ πίστεως, Rom.3:26 4:16; οἱ (ὄντες) ἐκ περιτομῆς, Act.11:2, Rom.4:12, Gal.2:12, Col.4:11; πίνειν ἐκ, Mat.26:29, Mrk.14:25, Jhn.4:13, al; θερίζειν, Gal.6:8; μετέχειν ἐκ (= partit. genitive), 1Co.10:13; with inf, ἐκ τοῦ ἔχειν, 2Co.8:11. 5) Of material: Mat.27:29, Jhn.2:15 19:2, Rom.9:21, 1Co.11:12, Rev.18:12, al; allied to which is its use of price (= cl. genitive): Mat.27:7, cf. ib. 20:2, Act.1:18. IV. By attraction = ἐν (cl.): τὰ ἐκ τ. οἰκιας, Mat.24:17; τ. ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν, Mrk.5:30 (see Field, in l.); ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, Luk.11:13. V. Adverbial phrases: ἐξ ἀνάγκης, 2Co.9:7, Heb.7:12; ἐξ ἰσότητος, 2Co.8:13; ἐκ μέρους, 1Co.12:27 13:9-12; ἐκ μέτρου, Jhn.3:34; ἐκ συμφώνου, 1Co.7:5. VI. in composition, ἐκ signifies, 1) procession, removal: ἐκβαίνω, ἐκβάλλω. 2) Opening out, unfolding: ἐκτείνω; metaphorically, ἐξαγγάλλω. 3) Origin: ἔκγονος. 4) Completeness: ἐξαπορέω (see M, Pr., 237), ἐκπληρόω, ἐκτελέω. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἐκ
Transliteration:
ek
Gloss:
out from
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἐκ, before a vowel ἐξ, also A) ἐξ τῳ ϝοίκῳ [Refs] and less frequently ; ἐγ- in Inscrr. before β γ δ λ μ ; Cretan dialect and Boeotian dialect ἐς [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐχ frequently in Attic dialect Inscrr. before χ φ θ (and in early Inscrr. before ς, [Refs]:—preposition governing GEN. only (except in [Refs 4th c.BC+]:—radical sense, from out of, frequently also simply, from. A.I) OF PLACE, the most frequently usage, variously modified: A.I.1) of Motion, out of, forth from, ἐκ Πύλου ἐλθὼν τηλόθεν ἐξ ἀπίης γαίης [Refs 8th c.BC+] to strike with a spear in the hand, opposed to ἀντιτοξεύειν or ἀκοντίζειν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ χρυσῶν φιαλῶν πίνειν[Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.2) ἐκ θυμοῦ φίλεον I loved her from my heart, with all my heart, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐξ εὐμενῶν στέρνων δέχεσθαι receive with kindly heart, [Refs]; ὀρθὸς ἐξ ὀρθῶν δίφρων with chariot still upright, [Refs] A.I.3) to denote change or succession, frequently with an antithetic repetition of the same word, δέχεται κακὸν ἐκ κακοῦ one evil comes from (or after) another, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πόλιν ἐκ πόλεως ἀμείβειν, ἀλλάττειν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: hence, instead of, τυφλὸς ἐκ δεδορκότος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.4) to express separation or distinction from a number, ἐκ πολέων πίσυρες four out of many, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἶναι ἐκ τῶν δυναμένων to be one of the wealthy, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐμοὶ ἐκ πασέων Ζεὺς ἄλγε᾽ ἔδωκεν to me out of (i.e. above) all, [LXX+8th c.BC+] A.I.5) of Position, outside of, beyond, chiefly in early writers, ἐκ βελέων out of shot, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ καπνοῦ out of the smoke, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ πατρίδος banished from one's country, [Refs]; ἐκ μεσου κατῆστο sate down apart from the company, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐξ ἠθέων τὸν ἥλιον ἀνατεῖλαι out of its accustomed quarters, [Refs]; ἐξ ὀφθαλμῶν out of sight, [Refs]; ἐξ ὁδοῦ out of the road, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.6) with Verbs of Rest, where previous motion is implied, on, in, δαῖέ οἱ ἐκ κόρυθος.πῦρ lighted a fire from (i.e. on) his helmet, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ ποταμοῦ χρόα νίζετο washed his body in the river (with water from the river), [Refs 8th c.BC+] having hung a chain from heaven, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ πασσαλόφι κρέμασεν φόρμιγγα he hung his lyre from (i.e. on) the peg, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀνάπτεσθαι ἔκ τινος fasten from i.e. upon) a thing,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; πρισθεὶς ἐξ ἀντύγων gripped to the chariot-rail, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ τοῦ βραχίονος ἵππον ἐπέλκουσα leading it [by a rein] upon her arm, [Refs 5th c.BC+] to have their hopes dependent upon them, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ χειρὸς ἄγειν lead by the hand, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; ἐκ ποδὸς ἕπεσθαι[Refs 2nd c.AD+] the robbers of the islands, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς ἐκ τῆς ναυμαχίας those in the sea-fight, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς ἐκ τῶν σκηνῶν those in the tents, [Refs 5th c.BC+] from Olympus where she stood, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καθῆσθαι ἐκ πάγων to sit on the heights and look from them, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ βυθοῦ at the bottom, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] on the right, left, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ θαλάσσης, opposed to ἐκ τῆς μεσογείας, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.I.7) νικᾶν ἔκ τινος win a victory over, [NT] A.II) OF TIME, elliptic with pronoun relative and demonstrative, ἐξ οὗ [χρόνου] since, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in apodosis, ἐκ τοῦ from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] thereafter, [Refs 8th c.BC+] usually after this, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ πολλοῦ (i.e. χρόνου) for a long time, [Refs]; ἐξ ὀλίγου at short notice, [Refs] (but also a short time since, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) of particular points of time, ἐκ νεότητος.ἐς γῆρας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ νέου, ἐκ παιδός, from boyhood, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καύματος ἔξ after hot weather, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; νέφος ἔρχεται οὐρανὸν εἴσω αἰθέρος ἐκ δίης after clear weather,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; so (like ἀπό II) ἐκ τῆς θυσίης γενέσθαι to have just finished sacrifice, [Refs], etc; ἐκ τοῦ ἀρίστου after breakfast, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐξ εἰρήνης πολεμεῖν to go to war after peace, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ χειμῶνος at the end of winter, [Refs 1st c.AD+] A.II.3) at, in, ἐκ νυκτῶν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ τοῦ λοιποῦ or ἐκ τῶν λοιπῶν for the future, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) OF ORIGIN, A.III.1) of Material, out of or of which things are made, γίγνεταί τι ἔκ τινος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; συνετάττετο ἐκ τῶν ἔτι προσιόντων formed line of battle from the troops as they marched up, [Refs] A.III.2) of Parentage, ἔκ τινος εἶναι, γενέσθαι, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ γὰρ ἐμεῦ γένος ἐσσί (where γένος is accusative [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.3) of Place of Origin or Birth, ἐκ Σιδῶνος.εὔχομαι εἶναι [NT+8th c.BC+]; ἡ ἐξ Ἀρείου πάγου βουλή the Areopagus, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐκ τοῦ Περιπάτου the Peripatetics, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ὁ ἐξ Ἀκαδημείας the Academic, [NT+2nd c.AD+] A.III.4) of the Author or Occasion of a thing, ὄναρ, τιμὴ ἐκ Διός ἐστιν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; θάνατος ἐκ μνηστήρων death by the hand of the suitors, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὰ ἐξ Ἑλλήνων τείχεα walls built by them, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κίνημα ἐξ αὑτοῦ spontaneous motion, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.5) with the agent after passive Verbs, by, poetical and early Prose, ἐφίληθεν ἐκ Διός they were beloved of (i.e.by) Zeus, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κήδε᾽ ἐφῆπται ἐκ Διός[Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III.6) of Cause, Instrument, or Means by which a thing is done, ἐκ πατέρων φιλότητος in consequence of our fathers' friendship, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ τίνος λόγο; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ το; wherefore? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ποιεῖτε ὑμῖν φίλους ἐκ τοῦ Μαμωνᾶ τῆς ἀδικίας make yourselves friends of (i.e. by means of), [NT+5th c.BC+] A.III.7) in accordance with, ἐκ τῶν λογίων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ τῶν ἔργων κρινόμενοι [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.8) frequently as periphrastic for adverb, ἐκ προνοίας [Refs]; ἐκ βίας by force, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ τοῦ φανεροῦ, ἐκ τοῦ προφανοῦς, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐξ ἴσου, ἐκ τοῦ ἴσου, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with feminine adjective, ἐκ τῆς ἰθέης [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.9) of Number or Measurement, with numerals, ἐκ τρίτων in the third place, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; distributively, apiece, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.III.9.b) of Price, ἐξ ὀκτὼ ὀβολῶν [NT] A.III.9.c) of Weight, ἐπιπέμματα ἐξ ἡμιχοινικίου [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.III.9.d) of Space, θινώδης ὢν ὁ τόπος ἐξ εἴκοσι σταδίων by the space of twenty stades, [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ἐκ is frequently separated from its CASE, [Refs 8th c.BC+]—It takes an accent in anastrophe, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —It is combined with other Preps. to make the sense more definite, as διέκ, παρέκ, ὑπέκ. C) IN COMPOSITION (joined with other words), the sense of removal prevails; out, away, off. C.2) to express completion, like our utterly, ἐκπέρθω, ἐξαλαπάζω, ἐκβαρβαρόω, ἐκδιδάσκω, ἐκδιψάω, ἐκδωριεύομαι, ἐξοπλίζω, ἐξομματόω, ἔκλευκος, ἔκπικρος. D) As adverb, therefrom, [Refs 8th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
ἐκ
Transliteration:
ek
Pronounciation:
ex
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Preposition
Definition:
literal or figurative; direct or remote); after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out); a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause
them
Strongs:
Lexicon:
αὐτός
Greek:
αὐτῶν
Transliteration:
autōn
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
he/she/it/self
Morphhology:
Personal pronoun Genitive Plural Masculine
Grammar:
a reference to recently mentioned male people or things that something belongs to
Source:
Identical in all sources
Additional:
of them
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
αὐτός
Transliteration:
autos
Gloss:
it/s/he
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (3rd person)
Definition:
αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more frequently than in cl. (WM, 178f; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). 1) Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art, see infr, iii); (1) self (ipse), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc, αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Luk.5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jhn.2:25; αὐ.ὑμεῖς, Jhn.3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Rom.15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jhn.2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, Mrk.2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ, Mrk.6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mat.3:4, Mrk.6:17, Jhn.16:27, 1Th.3:11, al; in late Gk, sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Luk.10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, see word); (2) emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl, §48, 1, 2, 7), Mat.1:21, 12:50, Luk.6:35, al; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mat.8:24, Mrk.4:38, al; αὐ, καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (BL, §48, 1), Mat.14:2, Mrk.14:15, 44, Luk.1:22, 2:28, al. 2) In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd of person(s), he, she, it, Mat.7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al; with ptcp. in genitive absol, Mat.9:18, Mrk.13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl, §74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לוֹ; WM, 184ff; Bl, §50, 4; MM, see word), Mrk.7:25, Rev.3:8, 7:2, al; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mat.4:23, Act.8:5, 2Co.2:13, al; genitive αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Rom.11:11, 1Th.2:19, Tit.3:5, Heb.2:4. 3) ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ, the same: Heb.1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ, ποιεῖν, Mat.5:46, 47, al; φρονεῖν, Rom.12:16, 15:5, Php.2:2, al; τὰ αὐ, Act.15:27, Rom.2:1, al; κατὰ τὸ (τὰ) αὐ. (MM, see word), Act.14:1, Luk.6:23, al; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ, together (MM, see word), Mat.22:34, Act.1:15, al; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ, 1Co.11:5, 12:11; with dative (cl.), 1Co.11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mrk.14:39; μέτρος, Php.1:30; πνεῦμα, 1Co.12:4. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
αὐτός
Transliteration:
autos
Gloss:
it/s/he
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (3rd person)
Definition:
αὐτός (Cretan dialect ἀϝτός [Refs] (also αὐτόν[Refs], reflexive pronoun, self:—in oblique cases used for the personal pronoun, him, her, it:—with Article, ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό (also ταὐτόν), etc, the very one, the same. I) self, myself, thyself, etc, accusative to the person of the Verb: frequently joined with ἐγώ, σύ, etc. (see. below 10), I.1) one's true self, the soul, not the body, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; reversely, body, not soul, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; oneself, as opposed to others who are less prominent, as king to subject, [Refs]; man to wife and children, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; warrior to horses, [Refs 8th c.BC+], or to weapons, [Refs]; shepherd to herd, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; seamen to ships, [Refs]: generally, whole to parts,[Refs 5th c.BC+]: absolutely, the Master, as in the [Refs 4th c.BC+] Latin Ipse dixit; so τίς οὗτος;— Αὐτός, i.e. Socrates, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀναβόησον Αὐτόν[Refs]the Master, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the result will show, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially αὐτὸ δείξει[Refs 5th c.BC+]; of things, the very, ὑπὸ λόφον αὐτόν, i.e. just, exactly under, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πρὸς αὐταῖς ταῖς θύραις close by the door, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ τὸ δέον the very thing needed, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ τὸ περίορθρον the point of dawn, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὰ τὰ ἐναντία the very opposite, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even, οὔ μοι μέλει ἄλγος οὔτ᾽ αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης[Refs 8th c.BC+] —In these senses αὐτός in Prose either precedes both the _Article_ and substantive, or follows both, e.g. αὐτὸς ὁ υἱός or ὁ υἱὸς αὐτός. The Article is sometimes omitted with proper names, or Nouns denoting individuals, αὐτὸς Μένων[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2) of oneself, of one's own accord, ἀλλά τις αὐ. ἴτω[Refs 8th c.BC+]; also, in person, τῶν πραγμάτων ὑμῖν. αὐτοῖς ἀντιληπτέον[Refs 4th c.BC+] I.3) by oneself or itself, alone, αὐτός περ ἐών although alone, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸς ἐγείναο παῖδ᾽, i.e. without a mother,[Refs 8th c.BC+]by himself, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν we are by ourselves, i.e. among friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὰ γὰρ ἔστιν ταῦτα these and no others, [Refs 5th c.BC+] himself alone, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸς μόνος, see at {μόνος} II; αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτόν, see at {ἑαυτοῦ}. I.4) in Philosophy, by or in itself, of an abstract concept or idea, δίκαιον αὐτό[Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently in this sense, attached to Nouns of all genders, οὐκ αὐτὸ δικαιοσύνην ἐπαινοῦντες ἀλλὰ τὰς ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς εὐδοκιμήσεις[Refs 5th c.BC+]; more fully, εἰ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πατέρα ἠρώτων, ἆρα ὁ πατήρ ἐστι πατήρ τινος, ἢ ο; [Refs]; ἀδελφός, αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὅπερ ἔστιν the ideal, abstract brother, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; less frequently agreeing with the substantive, ἵνα αὐτὴ δικαιοσύνη πρὸς ἀδικίαν αὐτὴν κριθείη[Refs 5th c.BC+]its very self, [Refs] I.5) in dative with substantive, in one, together, ἀνόρουσεν αὐτῇ σὺν φόρμιγγι he sprang up lyre in hand, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτῇ σὺν πήληκι κάρη helmet and all,[Refs 8th c.BC+] men and all, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτοῖσι συμμάχοισι allies and all, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.6) added to ordinal Numbers, e.g. πέμπτος αὐτός himself the fifth, i. e. himself with four others, [NT+5th c.BC+] I.7) frequently coupled with οὗτος, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτό ἐστι τὸ ζητηθέν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ταῦτα ἥκω αὐτὰ ἵνα. [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.8) καὶ αὐτός himself too, [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.9) repeated in apodosi for emphasis, αὐτὸς ἐπαγγειλάμενος σώσειν. αὐτὸς ἀπώλεσεν[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10) in connexion with the person. pronoun, ἐγὼν αὐτός[Refs 8th c.BC+]; followed by an enclitic pronoun, αὐτόν μιν[Refs 8th c.BC+] I.10.b) with person. pronoun omitted, αὐτός. ἧσθαι λιλαίομαι, for ἐγὼ αὐτός, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸν ἐλέησον, for ἐμὲ αὐτόν,[Refs 8th c.BC+] is simply a strengthened form of ο; and so in Attic dialect, when σὲ αὐτόν, ἐμοὶ αὐτῷ, etc, are read divisim, they are emphatic, not reflexive; in this case αὐτός generally precedes the person. pronoun,[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10.c) with the reflexive ἑαυτοῦ, αὑτοῦ, etc, to add force and definiteness, αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτοῦ[Refs 4th c.BC+]; αὐτοὶ ὑφ᾽ αὑτῶν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; sometimes between the Article and reflexive pronoun, τοῖς αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ πήμασιν βαρύνεται[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10.d) αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶν with possessive pronoun, πατρὸς κλέος ἠδ᾽ ἐμὸν αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+]; τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+] I.10.e) αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ with comparative and superlative adjective, αὐτὸς ἑωυτοῦ ῥέει πολλῷ ὑποδεέστερος[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.11) αὐτός for ὁ αὐτός, the same, [Refs 8th c.BC+], and in later Prose, αὐταῖς ταῖς ἡμέραις[NT+2nd c.AD+] I.12) comparative αὐτότερος[Refs 5th c.BC+]: superlative αὐτότατος his very self, [Refs 5th c.BC+]. adverb, comparative αὐτοτέρως[Refs 2nd c.AD+] II) he, she, it, for the simple pronoun of 3 person, only in oblique cases (except in later Gk, [NT], and rarely first in a sentence, [NT+5th c.BC+]: rare in Epic dialect, [Refs 8th c.BC+], and mostly emphatic,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; so in Trag, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in Prose, to recall a Noun used earlier in the sentence, ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν βασιλέα. οὐκ οἶδα ὅ τι δεῖ αὐτὸν ὀμόσαι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; after a Relative, ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται. ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+]; especially where a second Verb requires a change of case in the pronoun, οἳ ἂν ἐξελεγχθῶσι. ὡς προδότας αὐτοὺς ὄντας τιμωρηθῆναι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; later, pleonastically after a Relative, ὧν ὁ μὲν αὐτῶν[NT+5th c.BC+] III) with Article ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό, and Attic dialect contraction αὑτός, αὑτή, ταὐτό and ταὐτόν (as required by the metre,[Refs 5th c.BC+] plural neuter ταὐτ; Ionic dialect ὡυτός, τὠυτό:—the very one, the same, rare in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with dative, to denote sameness or agreement, especially in Prose, τὠυτὸ ἂν ὑμῖν ἐπρήσσομεν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ αὐτὸς τῷ λίθῳ the same as the stone, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ταὐτῷ εἶναί τινι to be in the place with, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; προσίεσθαί τινα ἐς ταὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ to have a person meet one,[Refs 5th c.BC+]face to face, [Refs 4th c.AD+] III.2) in later Greek, the said, the above-named, Ἡρώδης ὁ αὐ.[Refs 3rd c.BC+] IV) Adverbial phrases: IV.1) αὐτὸ μόνον simply, merely, [Refs 1st c.AD+] IV.2) αὐτό as adverb, ={ἄρτι}, [Refs] IV.3) αὐτὸ τοῦτο as adverb, [NT+2nd c.BC+] IV.4) with Preps, ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό added together, making a total, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; κατὰ τὸ αὐτό together, at the same time,[NT], etc; but κατ᾽ αὐτό just then, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] V) In Compos: V.1) of or by oneself, self-, as in αὐτοδίδακτος, αὐτογνώμων, αὐτόματος: and so, independently, as in αὐτοκράτωρ, αὐτόνομος. V.2) hence, as a second self, very, bodily, as with proper names, Αὐτοθαΐς. V.3) in the abstract, the ideal, see above[Refs] V.4) precisely, as in αὐτόδεκα. V.5) rarely with reflexive sense of ἀλλήλων, as in αὐτοκτονέω. V.6) in one piece with, together with, as in αὐτόκωπος, αὐτοχείλης, αὐτόπρεμνος, αὐτόρριζος. V.7) by itself: hence, only, as in αὐτόξυλος, αὐτόποκος.—For αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶς, etc, see the respective Arts.
Strongs
Word:
αὐτός
Transliteration:
autós
Pronounciation:
ow-tos'
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative g1438 (ἑαυτοῦ)) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons; her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which; from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of g109 (ἀήρ) through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward)
men
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἀνήρ
Greek:
ἄνδρες
Transliteration:
andres
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
man
Morphhology:
Noun Nominative Plural Masculine
Grammar:
male PEOPLE OR THINGS that are doing something
Source:
Identical in all sources
Additional:
man
Tyndale
Word:
ἀνήρ
Transliteration:
anēr
Gloss:
man
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male
Definition:
ἀνήρ, ἀνδρός, ὁ, [in LXX chiefly for אִישׁ, frequently אֱנוֹשׁ, also אָדָם, etc;] a man, Lat. vir. 1) As opposite to a woman, Act.8:12, 1Ti.2:12; as a husband, Mat.1:16, Jhn.4:16, Rom.7:2, Tit.1:6. 2) As opposite to a boy or infant, 1Co.13:11, Eph.4:13, Jas.3:2. 3) In appos. with a noun or adj, as ἀ. ἁμαρτωλός, Luk.5:8; ἀ. προφήτης, 24:19; frequently in terms of address, as ἀ. ἀδελφοί, Act.1:16; and esp. with gentilic names, as ἀ. Ἰουδαῖος, Act.22:3; ἀ. Ἐφέσιοι, 19:35. 4) In general, a man, a male person: = τις, Luk.8:41, Act.6:11. SYN.: ἄνθρωπος, which see (cf. MM, VGT, see word). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἀνήρ
Transliteration:
anēr
Gloss:
man
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male
Definition:
ἀνήρ, ὁ, ἀνδρός, ἀνδρί, ἄνδρα, vocative ἄνερ: plural ἄνδρες, -δρῶν, -δράσι [ᾰ], -dras: Aeolic dialect dative plural ἄνδρεσι[Refs 7th c.BC+] for οἱ ἄνδρε; the Ionic dialect crasis is ὡνήρ, ὧνδρες, [Refs 5th c.BC+] [Epic dialect Poets mostly use ᾱ in arsi, ᾰ in thesi; but in trisyllable forms with stem ἀνέρ- always ; so also Trag. in Lyric poetry, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in nominative by analogy; cf. Sanskrit nar- from I.-[Refs 5th c.BC+] ner, nṛ- from nṛ, Gk. ἀνδρ- from ṇr-):—man, opposed to woman (ἄνθρωπος being man as opposed to to beast), [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἄπαις without male children, [Refs 8th c.BC+] mostly of princes, leaders, etc, but also of free men; ἀ δήμου one of the people, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; with a qualifying word to indicate rank, ἀ. βουληφόρος[Refs 8th c.BC+] II) man, opposed to god, πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε [Refs]; Διὸς ἄγγελοι ἠδὲ καὶ ἀνδρῶν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: most common in plural, yet sometimes in singular, e.g. [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—also of men, opposed to monsters, [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—of men in societies and cities, οὔτε παρ᾽ ἀνδράσιν οὔτ᾽ ἐν ναυσὶ κοίλαις[Refs 5th c.BC+]; and so probably, ἄλλοτε μέν τ᾽ ἐπὶ Κύνθου ἐβήσαο, ἄλλοτε δ᾽ ἂν νήσους τε καὶ ἀνέρας.[Refs] III) man, opposed to youth, unless the context determines the meaning, as in οὔ πως ἔστι νεωτέρῳ ἀνδρὶ μάχεσθαι ἄνδρα γέροντα[Refs 8th c.BC+]; but ἀ. alone always means a man in the prime of life, especially warrior, ἀ. ἕλεν ἄνδρα[Refs 8th c.BC+]; the several ages are given as παῖς, μειράκιον, ἀ, πρεσβύτης[Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς ἄνδρας ἐγγράφεσθαι, συντελεῖν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in Inscrr. relating to contests, opposed to παῖδες, [Refs] IV) man emphatically, man indeed, ἀνέρες ἄστε, φίλοι[Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐκ ἐν ἀνδράσι not like a man, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνδρὸς τὰ προσπίπτοντα γενναίως φέρειν 'tis the part of a man, [Refs 4th c.BC+] V) husband, [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—also of a paramour, opposed to πόσις, [Refs 5th c.BC+] VI) Special usages: VI.1) joined with titles, professions, etc, ἰητρὸς ἀ.[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀ. μάντις, ἀ. στρατηγός, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; with names of nations, as Φοίνικες ἄ.[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὦ ἄνδρες gentlemen of the jury, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: hence in Comedy, ἄ. ἰχθύες[Refs 5th c.BC+] VI.2) ὁ ἀνήρ, by crasis Attic dialect ἁνήρ, Ionic dialect ὡνήρ, is frequently used emphatically for αὐτός, ἐκεῖνος[Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes so in oblique cases without the Article, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but not in Prose. VI.3) ἀ. ὅδε, ὅδ᾽ ἀ, in Trag, ={ἐγώ}, [Refs 5th c.BC+] VI.4) πᾶς ἀ. every man, every one, frequently in [Refs 5th c.BC+] VI.5) a man, any man, εἶτ᾽ ἄνδρα τῶν αὑτοῦ τι χρὴ προϊένα;[Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐ παντὸς ἀνδρὸς. ἐσθ᾽ ὁ πλοῦς 'tis not every one that can go, [Refs 4th c.BC+] VI.6) ὦ δαιμόνι᾽ ἀνδρῶν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; and often with a superlative, ὦ φίλτατ᾽ ἀνδρῶν[Refs 5th c.BC+] VI.7) κατ᾽ ἄνδρα viritim, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so τοὺς κατ᾽ ἄνδρα individuals, opposed to κοινῇ τὴν πόλιν, [Refs 1st c.AD+] VI.8) In [LXX]; ἀ. τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ προσκολληθήσεται 'each to his fellow', of leviathan's scales, [LXX]; with negatives, ἀ. μὴ ἐπισκεπήτω[Refs]any one, Le. [Refs] VI.9) ἄνδρας γράφειν· τὸ ἐν διδασκάλου τὰ παιδία ὀνόματα γράφειν, [Refs 5th c.AD+] VII) male animal, [Refs 4th c.BC+]
Strongs > g435
Word:
ἀνήρ
Transliteration:
anḗr
Pronounciation:
an'-ayr
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Masculine
Definition:
a man (properly as an individual male); fellow, husband, man, sir; a primary word (compare g444 (ἄνθρωπος))
more
Strongs:
Lexicon:
πολύς
Greek:
πλείους
Transliteration:
pleious
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
much
Morphhology:
Adjective Nominative Plural Masculine Comparative
Grammar:
DESCRIBING comparatively‚ male people or things that are doing something
Source:
Identical in all sources
Tyndale
Word:
πολύς
Transliteration:
polus
Gloss:
much
Morphhology:
Greek Adjective OR Adverb
Definition:
πολύς, πολλή, πολύ, [in LXX chiefly for רַב and cognate forms;] 1) as adj., much, many, great, of number, space, degree, value, time, etc: ἀριθμός, Act.11:21; ὄχλος, Mrk.5:24; θερισμός, Mat.9:37; χόρτος, Jhn.6:10; χρόνος, Mat.25:19; γογγυσμός, Jhn.7:12; πόνος, Col.4:13; δόξα, Mat.24:30; σιγή, Act.21:40; pl, προφῆται, Mat.13:17; ὄχλοι, Mat.4:25; δαιμόνια, Mrk.1:34; δυνάμεις, Mat.7:22, 2) As subst, pl. masc, πολλοί, many (persons): Mat.7:22, Mrk.2:2, al; with genitive partit, Mat.3:7, Luk.1:16, al; before ἐκ, Jhn.7:31, Act.17:12; with art, οἱ π, the many, Mat.24:12, Rom.12:5, 1Co.10:17, 33 2Co.2:17; opposite to ὁ εἶς (Lft, Notes, 291), Rom.5:15, 19; neut. pl, πολλά: Mat.13:3, Mrk.5:26, al; accusative with adverbial force, Mrk.1:45, Rom.16:6 (Deiss, LAE, 317), 1Co.16:12, Jas.3:2, al; neut. sing, πολύ: Luk.12:48; adverbially, Mrk.12:27, al; πολλοῦ (genitive pret.), Mat.26:9; with compar. (Bl, §44, 5), π. σπουδαιότερον, 2Co.8:22; πολλῷ πλείους, Jhn.4:41. Compar, πλείων, neut, πλεῖον and πλέον (see WH, App., 151), pl, πλείονες, -ας, -α, contr, πλείους, -ω (cf. Mayser, 69), more, greater; 1) as adj.: Jhn.15:2, Act.18:2 o, Heb.3:3; before παρά, Heb.11:4 (cf. Westc, in l. Was ΠΛΙΟΝΑ here a primitive error for ΗΔΙΟΝΑ?); pi, Act.13:31, al; with genitive compar, Mat.21:36; with num. (ἤ of comp. omitted), Act.4:22 24:11, al. 2) As subst, οἱ π, the greater number: Act.10:32 27:12, 1Co.10:5 15:6; also (Bl, §44, 3) others, more, the more: 2Co.2:6 4:15, Php.1:14; πλείονα, Luk.11:53; πλειον, πλέον, Mat.20:10, 2Ti.3:9; with genitive comp, Mk 12:43, Luk.21:3; π. Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε, Mat.12:41; adverbially, Act.4:17 20:9 24:4. 3) As adv., πλεῖον: before ἤ, Luk.9:13; with genitive comp, Mat.5:20; πλείω: with num, Mat.26:53. Superl, πλεῖστος, -η, -ον, (a) prop, most: Mat.11:20 21:8; adverbially, τὸ π, 1Co.14:27; (b) elative (M, Pr., 79), very great: ὄχλος π, Mrk.4:1. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
πολύς
Transliteration:
polus
Gloss:
much
Morphhology:
Greek Adjective OR Adverb
Definition:
πολύς, Attic dialect πολλή, πολ; genitive πολλοῦ, ῆς, ou=; dative πολλῷ, ῇ, ; accusative πολύν, πολλήν, πολύ:—Ionic dialect πολλός [Refs 6th c.BC+], πολλή, πολλόν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; also in Trag, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; accusative πολλόν, πολλήν, πολλόν: [Refs 5th c.BC+] uses the Ionic dialect forms, but codices have πολύν [Refs 1st c.AD+]:—both sets of forms are found in Epic dialect, also genitive singular πολέος [Refs 8th c.BC+], once contraction πολεῖς [Refs]; dative πολέσι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; accusative πολέας (trisyllable) [Refs 8th c.BC+] (frequently with variant{πολεῖς} [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in later Epic dialect πολέες is used as feminine, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]:—Epic dialect also have πουλύς (once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; these forms are found in codices of [Refs 5th c.BC+] — Lyric poetry and Trag. (Lyric poetry) sometimes use Epic dialect forms, dative singular πολεῖ [Refs 5th c.BC+] I) of Number, many, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ πολλῶν, opposed to ἐξὀλίγων, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τριηκόντων ἐτέων πόλλ᾽ ἀπολείπων wanting many of thirty years, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; later πουλὺ. ἐπ᾽ ἔτος many a year, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; of anything often repeated, περὶ σέο λόγος ἀπῖκται π. [Refs 5th c.BC+]often, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῦτο ἐπιεικῶς πολὺ νῦν ἐστι is fairly frequent, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] I.2) of Size, Degree, Intensity, much, mighty, ὄμβρος, νιφετός, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. ὑμέναιος a loud song, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. ὀρυμαγδός, ῥοῖζος, etc,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. ἀνάγκη strong necessity, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. γέλως, βοή, much or great, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὄλβος, αἰδώς, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀλογία, εὐήθεια, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2.b) rarely of a single person, great, mighty, μέγας καὶ πολλὸς ἐγένεο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ π. σοφιστής, στρατηγός,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ πολύς alone, of Hippocrates, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; of Trajan, [Refs 1st c.BC+] I.2.c) joined with a Verb, Κύπρις γὰρ οὐ φορητός, ἢν πολλὴ ῥυῇ if she flow with full stream, metaphorically from a river, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; from the wind, ὡς π. ἔπνει καὶ λαμπρός was blowing strong and fresh, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: generally, with might or force, ὅταν ὁ θεὸς. ἔλθῃ πολύς [Refs 5th c.BC+]participle and εἰμί, πολλὸς ἦν λισσόμενος was all entreaties, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: without a preposition, π. ἦν τοῖς ἐπαίνοις καὶ ἐπαχθής [Refs 4th c.BC+]; π. μὲν γὰρ ὁ Φίλιππος ἔσται will be often mentioned, [Refs] I.3) of Value or Worth, πολέος δέ οἱ ἄξιος ἔσται [Refs 8th c.BC+]; περὶ πολλοῦ ποιεῖσθαί τι, Latin magni facere,[Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐπὶ πολλῷ at a high price, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; πολύ ἐστί τι it is worth much, of great conscquence, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.4) of Space, large, wide, π. χώρη, πεδίον, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πόντος, πέλαγος, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λίμνη μεγάλη τε καὶ π.[Refs 5th c.BC+]; πολλὸς ἔκειτο he lay outstretched wide, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. κέλευθος a far way, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.5) of Time, long, χρόνος [Refs 8th c.BC+]; διὰ πολλοῦ (i.e. χρόνου) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρὸ πολλοῦ long before, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; ἔτι πολλῆς νυκτός while still quite night, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πολλῆς ὥρας late in the day, [NT+2nd c.BC+] II) Special usages: II.1) with partitive genitive, e.g. πολλοὶ Τρώων, for πολλοὶ Τρῶες, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; neuter, πολλὸν σαρκός, for πολλὴ σάρξ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: in Prose, the adjective generally takes the gender of the genitive, τὸν πολλὸν τοῦ χρόνου [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς γῆς οὐ πολλήν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; see below 3. II.2) joined with another adjective, πολλὰ δυστερπῆ κακά [Refs 4th c.BC+] adjective by καί, πολέες τε καὶ ἐσθλοί many men and good, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; παλαιά τε πολλά τε[Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. καὶ καλοὺς (assuming variant) κινδύνους, π. καὶ καλὰ παραδείγματα, [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.3) with the Article (in [Refs 8th c.BC+] without the Article, [Refs 8th c.BC+] those many lives, [NT+5th c.BC+]: with abstract Nouns, τᾶς πολλᾶς ὑγιείας [Refs 4th c.BC+]numbers, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3.b) οἱ π. the many, i.e. the greater number, Ἀθηναῖοι. ἀπῆλθον οἱ πολλοί [Refs 5th c.BC+] the prevailing report, [Refs 5th c.BC+]far the most, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the people, the commonalty, opposed to οἱ μείζω κεκτημένοι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to οἱ κομψότεροι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ π, = Latin plebs, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; τῶν πολλῶν εἷς one of the multitude, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ π. alone, = vulgus, variant in [Refs 1st c.BC+]; the ordinary man, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ἐμπαθὴς καὶ π. ἄνθρωπος 'l'homme moyen sensuel', [Refs 5th c.AD+]; ὁ π. ἄνθρωπος (with plural Verb) the average man, opposed to τὸ ἐξαίρετον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.3.c) τὸ πολύ, with genitive, τῆς στρατιῆς τὸ πολλόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ π. βίοτος the best part of life, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3.d) τὰ πολλά the most, [Refs 8th c.BC+] as substantive, means much riches, great possessions, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πρὸς τὸ τῶν π. μέγεθος in regard to the size of the average, [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.4) plural πολλά very much, too much, πολλὰ πράσσειν, ={πολυπραγμονεῖν}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. ἔρξαι τινά to do one much harm, [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.5) πολλάς with Verbs of beating (πληγάς being omitted), see at {πληγή} [Refs] II.6) πολύς repeated, ἦ πολλὰ πολλοῖς εἰμι διάφορος βροτῶν [Refs 5th c.BC+] III) Adverbial usages: III.a) neuter πολύ (Ionic dialect πολλόν), πολλά, much, πόλλ᾽ ἀεκαζομένη [Refs 8th c.BC+]; especially of repetition, often, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; so of earnest commands and entreaties, πολλὰ κελεύων, πόλλ᾽ ἐπέτελλον, πολλὰ λισσομένη, πολλὰ μάλ᾽ εὐχομένω, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with the Article, τὸ πολύ for the most part, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (but with numerals, at most, Vett.[Refs 5th c.BC+] III.b) of Degree, far, very much, ἀπέφυγε πολλὸν τοὺς διώκοντας [Refs] very, θρασὺς εἶ πολλοῦ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πολλοῦ πολύς, πολλὴ πολλοῦ, much too much, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.c) of Space, a great way, far, οὐ πολλόν [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.d) of Time, long, ὡς πολλὸν τοῦτο ἐγίνετο [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.e) of Probability, ἐὰν πολλὰ πολλῶν τέκῃς, perhaps ={ἐὰν πολλάκις τέκῃς},[Refs 1st c.BC+]; ἐάν τι πολλὰ πολλάκις πάθω [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.2) πολύ is frequently joined with adjectives and adverbs, III.2.a) with a comparative to increase its comparative force, πολὺ μεῖζον, πολλὸν παυρότεροι, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πολὺ μᾶλλον much more, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πολύ τι μᾶλλον falsa lectio in [Refs 1st c.BC+] adjective, π. ἐν πλέονι, π. ἐπὶ δεινοτέρῳ,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; so πολλῷ is frequently used with the comparative, by far, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐ πολλῷ τεῳ ἀσθενέστερον not a great deal weaker, [Refs 5th c.BC+] much sooner, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with the comp. Verb φθάνω, ἦ κε πολὺ φθαίη [Refs 5th c.BC+] = prefer, ἡμῖν πολὺ βούλεται ἢ Δαναοῖσι νίκην [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πολύ γε in answers, after a comparative or superlative, ἀργὸς. γενήσεται μᾶλλο; Answ. πολύ γε [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.2.b) with a superlative, πολὺ πρώτιστος, πολλὸν ἄριστος, far the first, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+] III.2.c) with a Positive, to add force to the adjective, ὦ πολλὰ μὲν τάλαινα, πολλὰ δ᾽ αὖ σοφή [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare πλεῖστος. IV) with Preps, IV.1) διὰ πολλοῦ at a great interval of Space or Time, see at {διά} [Refs 4th c.BC+] IV.2) εἰς πολύ for a long time, [Refs 3rd c.AD+] IV.3) ἐκ πολλοῦ from a great distance, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; for a long time, see at {ἐκ} [Refs] IV.4) ἐπὶ πολύ, IV.4.a) over a great space, far, οὐκ ἐπὶ πολλόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπὶ π. τῆς θαλάσσης, τῆς χώρας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to a great extent, [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.4.b) for a long time, long, [Refs] IV.4.c) ὡς ἐπὶ π. very generally,[Refs 4th c.BC+] ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ π. for the most part, [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.5) παρὰ πολύ by far, see at {παρά} C.111.5. IV.6) περὶ πολλοῦ, see above [Refs] IV.7) πρὸ πολλοῦ far before, τῆς πόλεως [Refs 1st c.BC+]; also of Time, οὐ πρὸ π. not long before, [Refs] IV.8) σὺν πολλῷ in no small degree, only too much or too well, [Refs 3rd c.AD+] V) for comparative πλείων, πλέων, superlative πλεῖστος, (see entry). (Cf. Sanskrit purú, Gothic filu 'much'.)
Strongs
Word:
πολύς
Transliteration:
polýs
Pronounciation:
pol-oos'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Adjective
Definition:
(singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely; abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly; including the forms from the alternate
than forty,
Strongs:
Lexicon:
τεσσαράκοντα
Greek:
τεσσεράκοντα,
Transliteration:
tesserakonta
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
forty
Morphhology:
Adjective Indeclinable Numeral
Grammar:
DESCRIBING a number
Source:
Identical in all sources
Other Spelling:
TR: τεσσαράκοντα;
Tyndale
Word:
τεσσαράκοντα
Transliteration:
tessarakonta
Gloss:
forty
Morphhology:
Greek Number (Indeclinable)
Definition:
τεσσεράκοντα (Rec. τεσσαρ, v, WH, App., 150; M, Pr., 45 f; Thackeray, Gr., 62 f, 73 f.), οἱ, αἱ, τά, indecl, forty: Mat.4:2, Mrk.1:13, Luk.4:2, Jhn.2:20, Act.1:3, al (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
τεσσαράκοντα
Transliteration:
tessarakonta
Gloss:
forty
Morphhology:
Greek Number (Indeclinable)
Definition:
τεσσᾰράκοντα [ρᾰ], Attic dialect τεττᾰράκοντα [Refs]; Ionic dialect τεσσεράκοντα (which see); Sicilian Ionic τετράϟοντα [Refs 6th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τετρώκοντα [Refs 4th c.BC+] and see at {τεσσαρακοστός}; once Doric dialect τεταράκοντα [Refs]; Boeotian dialect πετταράκοντα (which see): οἱ, αἱ, τά, indeclinable:—forty, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II) οἱ τ. the Forty, a body of justices who went round the Attic demes to hear all causes up to ten drachmae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also cases of assault, [Refs 4th c.BC+]: changed from Thirty to “Forty” after the expulsion of the Thirty Tyrants, [Refs 4th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
τεσσαράκοντα
Transliteration:
tessarákonta
Pronounciation:
tes-sar-ak'-on-tah
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Adjective
Definition:
forty; forty; the decade of g5064 (τέσσαρες)
who
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὅστις
Greek:
οἵτινες
Transliteration:
oitines
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
who/which
Morphhology:
Relative pronoun Nominative Plural Masculine
Grammar:
a REFERENCE BACK to male people or things that are doing something
Source:
Identical in all sources
Tyndale
Word:
ὅστις
Transliteration:
hostis, hētis
Gloss:
who/which
Morphhology:
Greek Relative Pronoun
Definition:
ὅστις, ἥτις, ὅ τι (also written ὅ, τι and ὅτι; see LS, see word; WH, §411; Tdf, Pr., 111), in NT scarcely ever except in nom. (M, Pr., 91), the only instance of the oblique cases being found in ἕως ὅτου (see: ἕως), relative of indef. reference (related to simple ὅς as Lat. quisquis to qui), whoever, anyone who; (a) of an indef. person or thing: in general statements, Mat.5:39, 41 13:12, and freq, Luk.14:27, Gal.5:4, al; in relative sentences, Mat.7:26, Luk.15:7, Php.3:7, al; πᾶς, with indic, Mat.7:24 10:32; ὅ ἄν (ἐάν), with subjc, Mat.12:50 13:12, Jhn.14:13, 1Co.16:2, Gal.5:10, al; (b) of a definite person or thing, indicating quality, "either generic, which, as other like things, or essential, which by its very nature" (Hort on 1Pe.2:11), who is such as: Mat.2:6 7:26, Luk.2:10 7:37, Jhn.8:53, Act.7:53, Rom.6:2, 1Co.3:17, Gal.4:24, Eph.1:23, al; (with) where the relative sentence expresses a reason, consequence, etc. (M, Pr., 92), seeing that he (it, they), and he (it, they): Luk.8:3 10:42, Act.10:47 11:28, Php.4:3, al; (d) as in Ionic and late Greek (Bl, §50, 1; M, Pr., l.with), differing but little from ὅς: Luk.2:4 9:30, Act.17:10, Rev.12:13. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὅστις
Transliteration:
hostis, hētis
Gloss:
who/which
Morphhology:
Greek Relative Pronoun
Definition:
ὅστις, ἥτις, ὅ τι (sometimes written ὅ, τι to distinct it from ὅτι, that): [Refs 8th c.BC+] has also the masculine collateral form ὅτις [Refs 8th c.BC+] and Ionic dialect and [Refs 4th c.AD+] and the neuter ὅττι [Refs 8th c.BC+]—In some forms only the second part is inflected, i.e. genitive ὅτου [Refs 5th c.BC+], Epic dialect ὅττεο [Refs 8th c.BC+][same place], contraction ὅττευ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; perhaps also in Ionic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Epic dialect ὅτεῳ [Refs 8th c.BC+], and as disyllable, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect accusative ὅτινα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Delph. dative ὅτινι [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; neuter ὅτινα [Refs 8th c.BC+], Attic dialect ὅτων [Refs 8th c.BC+], Attic dialect ὅτοισι [Refs 8th c.BC+], Aeolic dialect ὄττινας [Refs 7th c.BC+]: of the forms with double inflexion [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ᾧτινι first in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ᾡτινιοῦν occurs in [Refs 5th c.BC+] rarely as feminine, [Refs 5th c.BC+]—For the Ionic dialect and Epic dialect form ἅσσα, Attic dialect ἅττα, see at {ἅσσα}.—On the concord and construction[Refs 5th c.BC+], 111.2a,b:—Radic. sense, any one who, anything which, whosoever, whichsoever; ὣς ἀπόλοιτο καὶ ἄλλος, ὅτις τοιαῦτά γε ῥέζοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]: frequently without express antecedent, χαίρει δέ μιν ὅς τις ἐθείρῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]: hence frequently in maxims or sentiments, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅ. πάντ᾽ ἀνὴρ εὐδαιμονεῖ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὗτος βέλτιστος ἂν εἴη, ὅ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔστιν ὅ, frequently with a negative, οὐ γὰρ ἔην ὅς τίς σφιν. ἡγήσαιτο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰσὶν οἵτινες [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐδὲν ὅ τι οὐ. everything, [Refs 5th c.BC+], but only in singular, ἅπας δὲ τραχὺς ὅ. ἂν νέον κρατῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but πᾶσιν. ὅστις ἐρωτᾷ [Refs] II) referring to a definite object, properly only when a general notion is implied, Πολυκράτεα, δι᾽ ὅντινα κακῶς ἤκουσε, not the man through whom, but one through whom, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τελευταῖόν σε προσβλέψαιμι νῦν, ὅστις πέφασμαι φύς τ᾽ ἀφ᾽ ὧν οὐ χρῆν may I see thee now for the last time, I who am one born from sinful parentage, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but in quite definite sense, βωμόν, ὅστις νῦν ἔξω τῆς πόλεώς ἐστι [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) ἐφ᾽ ὅτῳ, ={ἐφ᾽ ᾧτε}, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] III) in indirect questions, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔσπετε νῦν μοι, Μοῦσαι, ὅς τις δὴ κτλ. who it was that,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀλλὰ τίς γὰρ ε;—ὅστις; πολίτης χρηστός [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.2) rare and late in direct questions, ὅ τι ἐστὶ τὸ ἐμποδίζον ; [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ἀνθ᾽ ὅτου. ; = why? [Refs 4th c.AD+]-C; compare ὅπως. IV) limited or made more indefinite by the addition of Particles: IV.1) ὅστις γε being one who (compare ὅσγε), [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.2) ὅστις δή (see. δή IV. [Refs]to some one or other of the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so IV.2.b) ὁστισοῦν, ὁτιοῦν anybody (anything) whatsoever, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἷς ὁστισοῦν any one person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐδ᾽ ὁτιοῦν not the least mite, nothing whatsoever, [Refs 6th c.BC+]: rarely, = whoever (whatever), as subject of a verb, ὁτιοῦν ἔτυχε τῶν ἐπὶ μέρους (variant{ὅτι ἄν}) [Refs 4th c.BC+] IV.2.c) ὁστισδηποτοῦν [Refs 4th c.BC+] IV.2.d) so also ὅστις alone, [Refs 5th c.BC+] none at all, [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.3) ὅστις ποτε whoever, [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.4) ὅστις περ (compare ὅσπερ), mostly in neuter, ὅ τι πέρ ἐστ᾽ ὄφελος [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.5) ὅστις τε, where τε is otiose as in ὅστε, [Refs 8th c.BC+] V) neuter ὅ τι used absolutely as a conjunction, see at {ὅ τι}. VI) ἐξ ὅτου from which time, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀπ᾽ ὅτευ since, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so ἕως ὅτου until, [NT] VI.2) from what cause, [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
ὅστις
Transliteration:
hóstis
Pronounciation:
hot'-ee
Language:
Greek
was put under an oath
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἀναθεματίζω
Greek:
ἀνεθεμάτισαν
Transliteration:
anethematisan
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to take an oath
Morphhology:
Verb Aorist Active Indicative 3rd Plural
Grammar:
an ACTION that happened - by people or things being discussed
Source:
Identical in all sources
Tyndale
Word:
ἀναθεματίζω
Transliteration:
anathematizō
Gloss:
to take an oath
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
ἀνα-θεματίζω (ἀνίθεμα), [in LXX chiefly for חָרַם hi. (Num.21:2, 1Ki.15:3, al.), 1Ma.5:5;] to devote to destruction, declare or invoke anathema: absol, Mrk.14:71; ἐαντόν, to bind oneself under a curse: Act.23:12, 14 23:21 (cf. καταναθεματίζω, and on the occurrence of the word in π, see Deiss, LAE, 92 f; MM, VGT, see word). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἀναθεματίζω
Transliteration:
anathematizō
Gloss:
to take an oath
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
Strongs
Word:
ἀναθεματίζω
Transliteration:
anathematízō
Pronounciation:
an-ath-em-at-id'-zo
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to declare or vow under penalty of execration; (bind under a) curse, bind with an oath; from g331 (ἀνάθεμα)
themselves
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἑαυτοῦ
Greek:
ἑαυτοὺς
Transliteration:
he'autous
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
my/your/him-self
Morphhology:
Reflexive pronoun 3rd Accusative Plural Masculine
Grammar:
a reference to THEMSELVES: male people or things being discussed that are having something done to them
Source:
Identical in all sources
Additional:
themselves
Tyndale
Word:
ἑαυτοῦ
Transliteration:
heautou
Gloss:
themself
Morphhology:
Greek Reflexive Pronoun (3rd person)
Definition:
ἑαυτοῦ, -ῆς, -οῦ, dative -ῷ, etc, accusative -όν, etc, pi. -ῶν, etc. (Att. contr. αὑτοῦ, etc); reflex pron.; 1) prop, of 3rd person (Lat. sui, sibi, se), of himself, herself, itself, etc: Mat.27:42, Mrk.15:31, Luk.23:35, al; added to a middle verb, διεμερίσαντο ἑαυτοῖς, Jhn.19:24; to an active verb, Act.14:14 (M, Pr., 157); ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ, Luk.12:57 21:30, Jhn.5:19, al. (see: ἀπό); δι᾽ ἑαυτοῦ, Rom.14:14; ἐν ἑ, Mat.3:9, Mrk.5:30, al; εἰς ἑ, Luk.15:17; καθ᾽ ἑαυτόν, Act.28:16, Jas.2:17; παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ, at his own house, 1Co.16:2; πρὸς ἑ, with, to himself, Luk.18:11; as poss. pron. (with emphasis weakened; see M, Pr., 87f.), τ. ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς, Luk.9:60. 2) As reflexive 1st and 2nd of person(s) (so also frequently in cl, chiefly poetry), Mat.23:31, Mrk.9:50, Rom.8:23, 1Th.2:8, al. 3) In pl, for reciprocal pron, ἀλλήλων, -οις, -ους, of one another, etc: Mat.21:38, Mrk.16:3, Eph.5:19, al. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἑαυτοῦ
Transliteration:
heautou
Gloss:
themself
Morphhology:
Greek Reflexive Pronoun (3rd person)
Definition:
ἑαυτοῦ, ῆς, οῦ, ἑαυτῷ, ῇ, ῷ, ἑαυτόν, ήν, ό, plural ἑαυτῶν, ἑαυτοῖς, ἑαυτούς άς, ά: Ionic dialect ἑωυτοῦ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ωὑτῆς [Refs 3rd c.BC+] in Papyrus and Inscrr, as [Refs 1st c.BC+]: Attic dialect contraction αὑτοῦ, etc, which is the usual form in Trag, though ἑαυτοῦ, etc, are used (though rarely) when the metre requires, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; Cretan dialect ϝιαυτοῦ Kohler-Ziebarth Stadtrecht von Gortyn [Refs]; Doric dialect αὐταυτοῦ, αὐσαυτοῦ (which see); Thess. εὑτοῦ (dative), [Refs]: genitive plural ηὑτῶν [Refs]:—reflexive pronoun of 3rd pers., of himself, herself, itself, etc; first in [Refs 7th c.BC+], and Attic dialect [Refs 8th c.BC+] itself by itself, absolutely, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ ἐφ᾽ αὑτοῦ[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν, ἑαυτοῦ, of themselves, himself, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ, see at {ἐπ; ἐν ἑαυτῷ γίγνεσθαι}, ἐντὸς ἑαυτοῦ γ, see at {ἐν}, ἐντό; παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ at his own house, [Refs]themselves, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πλουσιώτεροι ἑαυτῶν continually richer, [Refs 5th c.BC+], compare d; τῇ αὐτὸ ἑωυτοῦ ἐστι μακρότατον at its very greatest length, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) in Attic dialect, Trag, and later, αὑτοῦ, etc, is used for the 1st pers. or 2nd pers., as for ἐμαυτοῦ, αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτοῦ τἄρα μηχανορραφῶ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῖς by ourselves, [LXX+2nd c.BC+]; ἑαυτῶν, ={ὑμῶν αὐτῶν}, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] III) plural, ἑαυτῶν, ἑαυτοῖς, etc, is sometimes used for ἀλλήλων, ἀλλήλοις, one another, διάφοροι ἑωυτοῖσι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καθ᾽ αὑτοῖν one against the other, [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
ἑαυτοῦ
Transliteration:
heautoû
Pronounciation:
heh-ow-too'
Language:
Greek
Definition:
him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.; alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves); from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of g846 (αὐτός)
neither
Strongs:
Greek:
μήτε
Transliteration:
mēte
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Conjunction Negative
Source:
Identical in all sources
Tyndale
Word:
μήτε
Transliteration:
mēte
Gloss:
neither
Morphhology:
Greek Negative JOINED TO Greek Conjunction
Definition:
μή-τε negative particle, differing from οὔτε as μή from οὐ, neither, nor: μήτε. μήτε, neither. nor, Mat.11:18, Luk.7:33 9:3, Act.23:12, 21 27:20, Heb.7:3; μὴ (μηδὲ). μήτε. μήτε, Mat.5:34, 36, Mrk.3:20 T, Act.23:8, 2Th.2:2, 1Ti.1:7, Jas.5:12, Rev.7:1, 3. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
μήτε
Transliteration:
mēte
Gloss:
neither
Morphhology:
Greek Negative JOINED TO Greek Conjunction
Definition:
μήτε, and not, mostly doubled, μήτε. μήτε. neither. nor, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μήτε, μήτ᾽ οὖν. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μήτε, μηδέ, see at {μηδέ}; μήτε,{τε}. both not, and, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also μήτε, δέ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μή, μήτε. [Refs 5th c.BC+] 2) μήτε is perhaps sometimes omitted in the former of two clauses, ἑκόντα μήτ᾽ ἄκοντα [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
μήτε
Transliteration:
mḗte
Pronounciation:
may'-teh
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
to eat
Strongs:
Greek:
φαγεῖν
Transliteration:
phagein
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Verb Aorist Active Infinitive
Grammar:
an ACTION that was to happen
Source:
Identical in all sources
Tyndale
Word:
φαγεῖν
Origin:
a Form of g2068
Transliteration:
phagein
Gloss:
to eat
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
φάγομαιHellenistic for cl. ἔδομαι, see: ἐσθίω. ἐσθίω, and (poet, and late prose) ἔσθω, [in LXX chiefly for אכל;] to eat; (a) absol: Mat.14:20, 21 Mrk.6:31, Jhn.4:31, al; ἐν τ. φαγεῖν (on this aor. form, see M, Pr., 111), 1Co.11:21; διδόναι φαγεῖν, with dative of person(s), Mrk.5:43, al; ἐ. καὶ πίνειν, Mat.6:25, 31 Luk.10:7, al; of ordinary use of food and drink, 1Co.9:4 11:22; of partaking of food at table, Mrk.2:16, Luk.5:30, al; opposite to fasting, Mat.11:18, Luk.5:33, al; of revelling, Mat.24:49, Luk.12:45. (b) with accusative of thing(s): Mat.6:25, Mrk.1:6, Jhn.6:31, Rom.14:2, al; ἄρτον (Heb. אָכַל לֶחֶם), Mat.15:2, Mrk.3:20, al; τὸν ἑαυτοῦ ἄ, 2Th.3:12; ἄ. before παρά, genitive of person(s), 2Th.3:8; τά before id, Luk.10:7; τ. πάσχα, Mat.26:17, Mrk.14:12 al; τ. κυριακὸν δεῖπνον, 1Co.11:20; τ. θυσίας, 1Co.10:18; before ἐκ (= cl. part. genitive), Jhn.6:26, 5o, 51, 1Co.11:28; ἀπό (cf. Heb. אָכַל מִן), Mat.15:27, Mrk.7:28; metaphorically, to devour, consume: Heb.10:27, Jas.5:3, Rev.17:16 (cf. κατ, συν-εσθίω). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
φαγεῖν
Origin:
a Form of g2068
Transliteration:
phagein
Gloss:
to eat
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
φᾰγεῖν, infinitive of ἔφαγον, with no present in use (except in late Gr, φαγεῖ [Refs]; φαγέοις in editions of [Refs 1st c.AD+], used as aorist 2 of ἐσθί; later 1st pers. plural ἐφάγαμεν [LXX]future is φάγομαι,[LXX+NT]; 2nd pers. singular φάγεσαι [LXX+NT]; future φαγήσω is see uncertain in [Refs 4th c.AD+]:—eat, devour, both of men and beasts, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with genitive, eat of a thing, [LXX+8th c.BC+] II) eat up, devour, squander, [Refs 8th c.BC+] and Sanskrit bhájati 'apportion, (middle) enjoy'.)
Strongs
Word:
φάγω
Transliteration:
phágō
Pronounciation:
fag'-o
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to eat (literally or figuratively); eat, meat; a primary verb (used as an alternate of g2068 (ἐσθίω) in certain tenses)
nor
Strongs:
Greek:
μήτε
Transliteration:
mēte
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
neither
Morphhology:
Conjunction Negative
Source:
Identical in all sources
Tyndale
Word:
μήτε
Transliteration:
mēte
Gloss:
neither
Morphhology:
Greek Negative JOINED TO Greek Conjunction
Definition:
μή-τε negative particle, differing from οὔτε as μή from οὐ, neither, nor: μήτε. μήτε, neither. nor, Mat.11:18, Luk.7:33 9:3, Act.23:12, 21 27:20, Heb.7:3; μὴ (μηδὲ). μήτε. μήτε, Mat.5:34, 36, Mrk.3:20 T, Act.23:8, 2Th.2:2, 1Ti.1:7, Jas.5:12, Rev.7:1, 3. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
μήτε
Transliteration:
mēte
Gloss:
neither
Morphhology:
Greek Negative JOINED TO Greek Conjunction
Definition:
μήτε, and not, mostly doubled, μήτε. μήτε. neither. nor, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μήτε, μήτ᾽ οὖν. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μήτε, μηδέ, see at {μηδέ}; μήτε,{τε}. both not, and, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also μήτε, δέ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μή, μήτε. [Refs 5th c.BC+] 2) μήτε is perhaps sometimes omitted in the former of two clauses, ἑκόντα μήτ᾽ ἄκοντα [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
μήτε
Transliteration:
mḗte
Pronounciation:
may'-teh
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
to drink
Strongs:
Lexicon:
πίνω
Greek:
πιεῖν
Transliteration:
piein
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Verb 2nd Aorist Active Infinitive
Grammar:
an ACTION that is to happen
Source:
Identical in all sources
Other Spelling:
WH: πεῖν;
Tyndale
Word:
πίνω
Transliteration:
pinō
Gloss:
to drink
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
πίνω [in LXX chiefly for שָׁתָה;] to drink: absol, Luk.2:19, Jhn.4:7, al; with accusative of thing(s), Mat.6:26, 31 Mrk.14:25, al; of habitual use, Luk.1:15, Rom.14:21, al; by meton, τὸ ποτήριον, 1Co.10:21, al; of the earth absorbing rain (Hdt, al.), Heb.6:7; spiritually, of the blood of Christ, Jhn.6:53-54, 56; before ἐκ (of the vessel), Mat.26:27, al; id. (of the drink; Bl, § 36, 1), Mat.26:29, Jhn.4:13-14 Rev.14:10, al; ἀπό, Luk.22:18 (cf. ἀπο, συν-πίνω; on the form πίεσαι, Luk.17:8, see Bl, § 21, 8, and on the contr. aor. πεῖν, M, Pr., 44 f, Thackeray, Gr., 63 f.) (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
πίνω
Transliteration:
pinō
Gloss:
to drink
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
πίνω [ῑ], Epic dialect infinitive πινέμεναι and -έμεν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: Ionic dialect imperfect πίνεσκον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: future πίομαι [Refs 6th c.BC+]; also as falsa lectio in earlier authors, πιεῖσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 2nd pers. singular πίεσαι [LXX+NT]aorist ἔπῐον, Epic dialect πίον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 2nd pers. singular subjunctive πίῃσθα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πίει, πίεις, Kretschmer [Refs]; infinitive πιεῖν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; later contraction πεῖν [Refs 1st c.AD+]; Epic dialect πῐέμεν [Refs 8th c.BC+] falsa lectio for{ὑπιέναι} in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; participle πῐών, πῐοῦσα, [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—middle, subjunctive πινώμεθα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: πίομαι [ῑ] as present middle, [Refs 6th c.BC+] (passive in [Refs 2nd c.AD+]:—passive, [Refs 8th c.BC+]imperfect πίνετο [Refs 8th c.BC+] —Other tenses are from πω- or πο, perfect πέπωκα [Refs 4th c.BC+] —passive, future ποθήσομαι (κατα-) [Refs 5th c.BC+]aorist ἐπόθην (ἐξ-) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: perfect infinitive πεπόσθαι [Refs 6th c.BC+]: Aeolic dialect present πώνω [Refs 7th c.BC+]aorist imperative πῶθι, τῶ, [Refs]. [ῑ always in πίνω. πίνομα; ῐ always in aorist ἔπιον, hence πίε must be read for πῖνε in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in imperative πῖθι, ῑ always.—In future πίομαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in later Poetry, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; for present middle πίομαι, see above]: —drink, frequently from [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. ὕδωρ Αἰσήποιο drink its water, i.e. live on its banks, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with genitive partitive, drink of a thing, π. οἴνοιο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰς οἶνον, ἔνθεν ἔπινον whereof,[Refs]; also πίνειν κρητῆρας οῐνοιο to drink bowls of wine, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. ἀπὸ κρήνης drink of a spring, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; π. ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ (i.e. δέπαος) αἴθοπα οἶνον from it, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; σκύφος ᾧ περ ἔπινεν with which, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. κερατίνοις ποτηρίοις variant in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ φάρμακα π. παρὰ τοῦ ἰατροῦ draughts sent by him, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 2) absolutely, drink, ἐσθιέμεν καὶ πινέμεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μῆλα πιόμεν᾽ ἐκ βοτάνης going to drink after pasture,[Refs 7th c.BC+]; τινὶ πιεῖν ἐγχέας[Refs 4th c.BC+]perfect πέπωκα, to be drunk, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πίνοντά τε καὶ πεπωκότα drinking and having finished drinking, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) celebrate by a carouse, νίκην [Refs 2nd c.AD+] III) metaphorically, drink up, as the earth does rain, τὸ ὕδωρ, ὄμβρον, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of plants, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of a lamp, π. τοὔλαιον [Refs 5th c.BC+] pōy- and pī, cf. Sanskrit pāy-áyati 'cause to drink', pīti- 'a drink', Latin pōtus, etc.)
Strongs
Word:
πίνω
Transliteration:
pínō
Pronounciation:
po'-o
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to imbibe (literally or figuratively); drink; a prolonged form of ; which (together with another form) ; occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses
until
Strongs:
Greek:
ἕως
Transliteration:
he'ōs
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Preposition
Grammar:
relating it to another person or thing
Source:
Identical in all sources
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
ἕως
Transliteration:
heōs
Gloss:
until
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἕως, relative particle (Lat. donee, usque), expressing the terminus ad quem (cf. Burton, §321ff.). I. As conjunction; 1) till, until; (a) of a fact in past time, with indic: Mat.2:9, al. (Wis.10:14, al.); (b) ἕως ἄν, with subjc. aor: Mat.2:13 5:18, Mrk.6:10, al; without ἄν (M. Pr., 168f; Lft, Notes, 115), Mrk.14:32 (Burton, §325), Luk.12:59, 2Th.2:7, al; (with) with indic, present (Burton, §328; BL, §65, 10): Mrk.6:45, Jhn.21:22, 23 1Ti.4:13. 2) C. indic, as long as, while (Burton, §327): Jhn.9:4 (Plat, Phaedo, 89c). II. As an adverb (chiefly in late writers). 1) Of time, until, unto; (a) as prep. with genitive (BL, §40, 6; M, Pr., 99): τ. ἡμέρας, Mat.26:29, Luk.1:80, Rom.11:8, al; ὥρας, Mat.27:45, al; τέλους, 1Co.1:8, 2Co.1:13; τ. νῦν, Mat.24:21, Mrk.13:19 (1Ma.2:33); ἐτῶν ὀγ. (Field, Notes, 49f.), Luk.2:37; τ. ἐλθεῖν, Act.8:40; before names and events, Mat.1:17 2:15, Luk.11:51, Jas.5:7, al; (b) before οὗ, ὅτου, with the force of a conjc. (Burton, §330; M, Pr., 91); (α) ἕ. οὗ (Hdt, ii, 143; Plut, al.): with indic, Mat.1:25 (WH br, οὗ) 13:33, al; with subjc. aor, Mat.14:22, al; (β) ἔ. ὅτου: with subjc, Luk.13:8; with indic, Mat.5:25 (until), Jhn.9:18; (with) with adv. (ἔ. ὀψέ, Thuc, iii, 108): ἄρτι, Mat.11:12, Jhn.2:10, 1Co.4:13, al; πότε (M, Pr., 107), Mat.17:17, Mrk.9:19, Jhn.10:24, al. 2) Of place, as far as, even to, unto (Arist, al.); (a) as prep. with genitive (see supr.): Mt 1123, Lk 1015, al; (b) with adv. (BL, §40, 6): ἄνω, Jhn.2:7; ἔσω, Mrk.14:54; κάτω, Mat.27:51, Mrk.15:38; ὧδε, Luk.23:5; (with) with prep.: ἔξω, Act.21:5; πρός, Luk.24:50 (Field, Notes, 83). 3) Of quantity, measure, etc: Mat.18:21, Mrk.6:23, Luk.22:51, al. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἕως
Transliteration:
heōs
Gloss:
until
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἕως, B) Epic dialect εἵως, ἧος (see. entry near the end), Doric dialect ἇς, Aeolic dialect ἆς (which see), Boeotian dialect ἇς [Refs], and ἅως [Refs] Relat. Particle, expressing the point of Time up to which an action goes, with reference to the end of the action, until, till; or to its continuance, while: B.I) until, till, B.I.1) with Ind, of a fact in past time, θῦνε διὰ προμάχων, ἧος φίλον ὤλεσε θυμόν [Refs 8th c.BC+]imperfect with ἄν in apodosi, of an unaccomplished action, ἡδέως ἂν Καλλικλεῖ διελεγόμην, ἕ. ἀπέδωκα I would have gone on conversing till I had, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) ἕ. ἄν or κε with Subj. (mostly of aorist), of an event at an uncertain future time, μαχήσομαι. ἧός κε τέλος πολέμοιο κιχείω till I find, [Refs 8th c.BC+] is sometimes omitted in Trag, ἕ. μάθῃς [Refs 5th c.BC+]: so frequently in later Gr, [NT+2nd c.BC+] B.I.3) ἕ. with Opt. (mostly of aorist), relating to an event future in relation to past time, ὦρσε. Βορέην, ἧος ὃ Φαιήκεσσι. μιγείη caused it to blow, till he should reach, [Refs 8th c.BC+] or κε is added to the Opt. (not to ἕως), if the event is represented as conditional, ἕ. κ᾽ ἀπὸ πάντα δοθείη till (if possible) all things should be given back, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.3.b) in indirect speech, ἔδωκεν. ἕ. ἀνὴρ εἶναι δοκιμασθείην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.3.c) by assimilation to an optative with ἄν, [λόγον] ἂν διδοίης ἕ. ἔλθοις [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.4) with subjunctive or optative, expressing purpose, in order that, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; σπούδασον ἕως οὗ ἀγοράσῃ κτλ. [Refs 2nd c.AD+] B.I.5) with Inf. in indirect speech, ἐντειλάμενος διεκπλέειν ἕ. ἀπικνέεσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: otherwise only in later Gr, ἕ. ἐλθεῖν ἐς. [LXX+1st c.BC+] B.I.6) with adverbs of Time and Place, ἕ. ὅτε till the time when, with indicative, variant for{ἔστε} in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἕ. οὗ, falsa lectio for{ἐς οὗ}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently in later Gr, Gem.[same place], [NT]; ἕ. πότ; how long[LXX+NT]; ἕ. ὀψέ till late, falsa lectio for{ἐς ὀψέ}, [NT+5th c.BC+]; ἕ. ὧδε as far as this place, [NT] B.I.6.b) with Preps, of Time, ἕ. πρὸς καλὸν ἑῷον ἀστέρα[Refs]; of Place, ἕ. εἰς τὸν χάρακα [NT+2nd c.BC+] B.II) as preposition, B.II.1) of Time, with genitive, until, ἕως τοῦ ἀποτεῖσαι until he has made payment, Legal cited in [LXX+4th c.BC+]; ἕ. τινός for a time, [NT+1st c.BC+] B.II.1.b) of Place, ἕ. τοῦ γενέσθαι. up to the point where. [Refs 4th c.BC+]; as far as, ἕ. Σάρδεων [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ἕ. τοῦ Ἀρσινοΐτου νομοῦ [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; ἕ. Φοινίκης [LXX+NT] B.II.1.c) of Number or Degree, ἕ. τριῶν πλοίων Docum. cited in [LXX+4th c.BC+]; οὐκ ἔστιν ἕ. ἑνός[LXX+2nd c.BC+]; ἐᾶτε ἕ. τούτου [NT+3rd c.BC+]; ἕ. μέθης [Refs 1st c.AD+] B.II.2) rarely with accusative, ἕ. πρωΐ [LXX+1st c.AD+]; ἕ. τὸ βωμῷ down to the word “βωμῷ”, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III) while, so long as, with indicative, ἧος ἐνὶ Τροίῃ πολεμίζομεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἕ. δ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἔμφρων εἰμί [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἕ. ἔτι ἐλπὶς [ἦν] [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by τόφρα, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by δέ alone,[Refs 8th c.BC+] B.III.b) ἕ. ἄν c.subjunctive, when the whole action is future, οὔ μοι. ἐλπίς, ἕ. ἂν αἴθῃ πῦρ [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.c) ἕως with optative in a Conditional relative clause, φήσομεν μηδὲν ἂν μεῖζον μηδὲ ἔλαττον γενέσθαι ἕ. ἴσον εἴη αὐτὸ ἐαυτῷ [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) in [Refs 8th c.BC+], for a time, ἧος μὲν. ὄρνυον· αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; all that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+], as iambus, only once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; as a monosyllable, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; when the first syllable is to be long codices [Refs 8th c.BC+], except ειος variant [Refs 8th c.BC+]; comparison of Doric dialect ἇς (from *ἇος) with Attic dialect-Ionic dialect ἕως points to early Ionic dialect *ἧος (cf. Sanskrit yāvat 'as great as, as long as, until') and this should probably be restored in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; compare τέως.)
Strongs
Word:
ἕως
Transliteration:
héōs
Pronounciation:
heh'-oce
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Definition:
a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place); even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s); of uncertain affinity
that
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὅς, ἥ
Greek:
οὗ
Transliteration:
hou
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
which
Morphhology:
Relative pronoun Genitive Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a REFERENCE BACK to a male person or thing that something belongs to
Source:
Identical in all sources
Tyndale
Word:
ὅς
Transliteration:
hos, hē
Gloss:
which
Morphhology:
Greek Relative Pronoun
Definition:
ὅς, ἥ, ὅ, the postpositive article (ἄρθρον ὑποτακτικόν). I. As demonstr. pron. = οὗτος, ὅδε, this, that, also for αὐτός, chiefly in nom: ὅς δέ, but he (cf. ἦ δὲ ὅς, frequently in Plat.), Mrk.15:23, Jhn.5:11; ὃς μὲν. ὃς δέ, the one. the other, Mat.21:35, 22:5, 25:15, Luk.23:33, Act.27:14, Rom.14:5, 1Co.11:21, 2Co.2:18, Ju 22; neut, ὃ μὲν. ὃ δέ, the one. the other, some. some, Mat.13:8, 23, Rom.9:21; ὃς (ὃ) μὲν. (ἄλλος (ἄλλο)). ἕτερος, Mrk.4:4, Luk.8:5, 1Co.12:8-10; οὓς μέν, absol, 1Co.12:28; ὃς μὲν. ὁ δέ, Rom.14:2. II. As relat. pron, who, which, what, that; 1) agreeing in gender with its antecedent, but differently governed as to case: Mat.2:9, Luk.9:9, Act.20:18, Rom.2:29, al. mult. 2) In variation from the common construction; (a) in gender, agreeing with a noun in apposition to the antecedent: Mrk.15:16, Gal.3:16, Eph.6:17, al; constr. ad sensum: Jhn.6:9, Col.2:19, 1Ti.3:16, Rev.13:14, al; (b) in number, constr. ad sensum: Act.15:36, 2Pe.3:1; (with) in case, by attraction to the case of the antecedent (Bl, §50, 2): Jhn.4:18, Act.3:21, Rom.15:18, 1Co.6:19, Eph.1:8, al. 3) The neut. ὅ with nouns of other gender and with phrases, which thing, which term: Mrk.3:17 12:42, Jhn.1:39, Col.3:14, al; with a sentence, Act.2:32, Gal.2:10, 1Jn.2:8, al. 4) With ellipse of a demonstrative (οὗτος or ἐκεῖνος), before or after: before, Mat.20:23, Luk.7:43, Rom.10:14, al; after, Mat.10:38, Mrk.9:40, Jhn.19:22, Rom.2:1 al. 5) Expressing purpose, end or cause: Mat.11:10 (who = that he may), Mrk.1:2, Heb.12:6 al. 6) C. prep, as periphrasis for conjc: ἀνθ᾽ ὧν (= ἀντὶ τούτων ὧν), because, Luk.1:20, al; wherefore, Luk.12:3; ἐξ οὗ, since, for that, Rom.5:12; ἀφ᾽ οὗ, since (temporal), Luk.13:25; ἐξ οὗ, whence, Php.3:20; etc. 7) With particles: ὃς ἄν (ἐάν), see: ἄν, ἐάν; ὃς καί, Mrk.3:19, Jhn.21:20, Rom.5:2, al; ὃς καὶ αὐτός, Mat.27:57. 8) Gen, οὗ, absol, as adv. (see: οὗ). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὅς
Transliteration:
hos, hē
Gloss:
which
Morphhology:
Greek Relative Pronoun
Definition:
ὅς, ἥ, ὅ, genitive οὗ, ἧς, οὗ, etc; dative plural οἷς, αἷς, οἷς, etc: Epic dialect forms, genitive ὅου (probably replacing Οο) in the phrases ὅου κλέος οὔ ποτ᾽ ὀλεῖται [Refs 8th c.BC+]; feminine ἕης [Refs 8th c.BC+]; elsewhere only ἧς [Refs]; dative plural οἷς, οἷσι, ᾗς, ᾗσι (never αἷς or αἷσι in [Refs 8th c.BC+] — _pronoun_ used, A ) as demonstrative by the side of οὗτος, ὅδε, and the Article ὁ, ἡ, τό: in post-Homeric Gr. this use survived only in a few special phrases. B ) as a Relat. by the side of the Article ὅ, ἥ, τό (see. ὁ, ἡ, τό, c):—this demonstrative and Relat. pronoun must not be confounded with the Possess. ὅς, ἥ, ὅν. (With Gr. Relat. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ cf. Sanskrit Relat. yas, yā, yad, Lithuanian jis, ji (he, she), Oslav. i, ja, je (he, she, it).) A) DEMONSTR. PRON, ={οὗτος},{ὅδε}, this, that; also, he, she, it: A.I) Homeric usage: this form only occurs in the nominative masculine and neuter ὅς, ὅ, and perhaps nominative feminine ἥ and nominative plural οἵ, the other cases being supplied by ὁ, ἡ, τό (ὅ, ἡ, τό); most codices have ἥ in [Refs 8th c.BC+] before it, μηδ᾽ ὅν τινα γαστέρι μήτηρ κοῦρον ἐόντα φέροι, μηδ᾽ ὃς φύγοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]participle, εἰς ἕτερον γάρ τίς τε ἰδών, ὃς σπεύδει (for ὅστις ἂν ἴδῃ, ὃς σπεύδει) [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.II) in later Gr. this usage remained in a few forms: A.II.1) at the beginning of a clause, καὶ ὅς and he, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καὶ ἥ and she, καὶ οἵ and they, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) ὃς καὶ ὅς such and such a person, [Refs 5th c.BC+] —here also the _Article_ supplied the oblative cases. A.II.3) ἦ δ᾽ ὅς, ἦ δ᾽ ἥ, said he, said she, see at {ἠμί}. A.II.4) in oppositions, where it sometimes answers to the Article, Λέριοι κακοί· οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ᾽ οὔ. [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ὃ μὲν, ὃ δὲ, ὃ δὲ. (neuter) [NT+4th c.BC+]: so in Doric dialect dative feminine as adverb, ᾇ μὲν, ᾇ δὲ. [Refs 4th c.BC+]: very frequently in late Prose, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: also answering to other Prons, ἑτέρων, ὧν δὲ. [Refs 4th c.BC+] B) RELAT. PRON, who, which.—By the side of the simple Relat, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A0) USAGE of the Relat. pronoun (the following remarks apply to ὅς γε, ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, as well as to ὅς, and to ὁ, ἡ, τό as relative): A0.I) in respect of CONCOR[Refs 4th c.BC+] —Prop. it agrees in gender and number with the Noun or _pronoun_ in the antecedent clause.—But this rule admits of many exceptions: A0.I.1) the Relat. mayagree with the gender implied, not expressed, in the antecedent, φίλον θάλος, ὃν τέκον αὐτή [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so after collective Nouns, the Relat. is frequently put in plural in the gender implied in the Noun, λαόν, οὕς. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; στρατιάν. τοιαύτην, οἵ τινες, τὸ ναυτικόν, οἵ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially after the names of countries or cities, Τηλέπυλον Λαιστρυγονίην ἀφίκανεν, οἳ. (i. e. to Telepylos of the Laestrygonians, who. ) [Refs 8th c.BC+] adjective, Θηβαίας ἐπισκοποῦντ᾽ ἀγυιάς, τάν. the streets of Thebes, which, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς Ἡρακλείους παῖδας, ὃς. the children of Heracles, who, [Refs 5th c.BC+]of me whom, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμισύν ἐστ᾽ ἀτελὴς τοῦ χρόνου· εἶθ᾽ ἧς πᾶσι μέτεστι, where ἧς agrees with ἀτελείας implied in ἀτελής, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A0.I.2) when the antec. Noun in singular implies a class, the Relat. is sometimes in plural, ἦ μάλα τις θεὸς ἔνδον, οἳ. ἔχουσιν (for τις θεῶν, οἵ.) in some places, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὗ μέν, οὗ δέ. in some places, in others, [Refs 4th c.BC+] in what part of the earth, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A0.I.2) in pregnant phrases, μικρὸν προϊόντες,οὗ ἡ μάχη ἐγένετο (for ἐκεῖσε οὗ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀπιὼν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, οὗ κατέφυγε (for οἷ κατέφυγε καὶ οὗ ἦν) [NT+5th c.BC+]: but in early writers this is falsa lectio, as in [Refs 4th c.BC+] A0.II) dative feminine ᾗ, Doric dialect ᾇ, of Place, where, or Manner, as, see at {ᾗ}. A0.III) old locative οἷ, as adverb, see at {οἷ}. A0.III.2) old ablative ὧ, in Doric dialect (compare ϝοίκω), τηνῶθε καθεῖλον, ὧ (whence) μ᾽ ἐκέλευ καθελεῖν τυ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A0.IV) accusative singular neuter ὅ, very frequently ={ὅτι}, that, how that, λεύσσετε γὰρ τό γε πάντες ὅ μοι γέρας ἔρχεται ἄλλῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and so also, because, ταρβήσας ὅ οἱ ἄγχι πάγη βέλος [Refs] A0.IV.2) in Attic dialect ὅ, for which reason, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A0.IV.3) whereas, [NT+5th c.BC+] A0.V) ἀφ᾽ οὗπερ from the time that, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A0.VI) ἐφ᾽ ᾧ, see at {ἐπί} [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
ὅς
Transliteration:
hós
Pronounciation:
ho
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that; one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc; probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article g3588 (ὁ))
they may execute
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἀναιρέω
Greek:
ἀνέλωσιν
Transliteration:
anelōsin
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to do away with
Morphhology:
Verb 2nd Aorist Active Subjunctive 3rd Plural
Grammar:
an ACTION that maybe happened - by people or things being discussed
Source:
Identical in all sources
Tyndale
Word:
ἀναιρέω
Transliteration:
anaireō
Gloss:
to kill
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
ἀν-αιρέω, -ῶ [in LXX for הָרַג hi, מוּת hi, נָכָה hi, etc;] 1) to take up: mid, Act.7:21. 2) to take away, make an end of, destroy (for late exx. of various senses, see MM, VGT, see word); (a) of things (as frequently in cl. of laws, etc.): Heb.10:9; (b) of persons, to kill: Mat.2:16, Luk.22:2 23:32, Act.2:23 5:33, 36 7:28 9:23-24, 29 10:39 12:2 13:28 16:27 22:20 23:15, 21 23:27 25:3 26:10, 2Th.2:8, WH, txt, R, txt. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἀναιρέω
Transliteration:
anaireō
Gloss:
to kill
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
ἀναιρέω, perfect ἀνῄρηκα (ἀνειρ-uncertain in [Refs]: — take up, ἀνελόντες ἀπὸ χθονός having raised the victim from the ground, so as to cut its throat (compare αὐερύω), [Refs 8th c.BC+] 2) take up and carry off, bear away, especially prizes, ἀέθλια[Refs 8th c.BC+] 3) simply, take up, παῖδα[Refs 5th c.BC+] 4) take up bodies for burial, ἀνελόντες καὶ κατακλαύσαντες[Refs 5th c.BC+]; more common in middle, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) make away with, destroy, of men, kill, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; σὲ μὲν ἡμετέρα ψῆφος ἀ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) of things, abrogate, annul, ὅρους ἀνεῖλον πολλαχῇ πεπηγότας[Refs 6th c.BC+]; abolish, τὰς τῶν παρανόμων γραφάς[Refs 4th c.BC+]:— passive, ἀνῄρηνται ὀλιγαρχίαι[Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3) destroy an argument, confute it, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; especially confute directly, opposed to διαιρέω (see. ἀναίρεσις 11.4)[Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἀ. ἑαυτὸν confute oneself, [Refs 6th c.AD+] II.4) in argument, do away with, τὰς ὑποθέσεις[Refs 5th c.BC+]; deny, opposed to τιθέναι, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] III) appoint, ordain, of oracle's answer to inquiry, ὁ θεὸς αὐτοῖς ἀ. παραδοῦναι[Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with accusative et infinitive, ἢν τὸ χρηστήριον ἀνέλῃ μιν βασιλέα εἶναι[Refs 5th c.BC+]: absolutely, answer, give a response, ἀνεῖλε τὸ χρηστήριον [Refs]; ἀ. τι περί τινος give an oracle about a thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, [Refs] B) middle, take up for oneself, take up, pick up, οὐλοχύτας ἀνέλοντο[Refs 8th c.BC+]; achieve, win, ἀ. τὴν Ὀλυμπιάδα, τὴν νίκην, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; generally, ἀ. ἐπιφροσύνας take thought, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in bad sense, ὄνειδος σπαργάνων ἀ.[Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἴ σ᾽ ἀνελοίμην if I should take thee into my service, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; σῖτα ἀ. get forage, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ποινὴν τῆς Αἰσώπου ψυχῆς ἀ. exact vengeance for, [Refs] B.2) take up and carry off, snatch, κούρας ἀνέλοντο θύελλαι[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀνείλατο (for the form[Refs 5th c.AD+] B.3) take up for burial [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of the ashes of the dead, πυρὸς ἀ. ἄθλιον βάρος[Refs 5th c.BC+]; of one still living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, ἀναιρεθέντων τῶν νεκρῶν. ὑγιὴς ἀνῃρέθη[Refs] B.4) take up in one's arms, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: hence, take up new-born children, own them, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; take up an exposed child, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.5) conceive in the womb, with accusative, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.6) take up money at interest, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.7) take up a lease, [Refs] B.8) withdraw money from a bank, etc, αὐτὸς ἀνελέσθω[Refs] B.II) take upon oneself, undertake, πόνους[Refs 5th c.BC+]; πόλεμόν τινι war against one, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. δημόσιον ἔργον undertake, contract for the execution of a work, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) accept as one's own, adopt, γνώμην[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. φιλοψυχίην entertain a love for life, [Refs] B.III) rescind, cancel, συγγραφήν, συνθήκας, etc, [Refs 4th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
ἀναιρέω
Transliteration:
anairéō
Pronounciation:
an-ahee-reh'-o
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
him
Strongs:
Lexicon:
αὐτός
Greek:
αὐτὸν
Transliteration:
auton
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
he/she/it/self
Morphhology:
Personal pronoun Accusative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a reference to a recently mentioned male person or thing that is having something done to them
Source:
Identical in all sources
Additional:
him
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
αὐτός
Transliteration:
autos
Gloss:
it/s/he
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (3rd person)
Definition:
αὐτός, -ή, -ό, determinative pron., in late Gk. much more frequently than in cl. (WM, 178f; Jannaris, HGG, §1399). 1) Emphatic (so always in nom. exc. when preceded by the art, see infr, iii); (1) self (ipse), expressing opposition, distinction, exclusion, etc, αὐ. ἐκχυθήσεται, Luk.5:37; αὐ. ἐγινώσκεν, Jhn.2:25; αὐ.ὑμεῖς, Jhn.3:28; καὶ αὐ. ἐγώ, Rom.15:14; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς, Jhn.2:24; αὐ. καὶ οἱ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, Mrk.2:25; ὑμεῖς αὐ, Mrk.6:31; esp. (as freq in cl.) αὐ. ὁ, Mat.3:4, Mrk.6:17, Jhn.16:27, 1Th.3:11, al; in late Gk, sometimes weakened, ἐν αὐτῇ τ. ὥρᾳ, in that hour, Luk.10:21 (M, Pr., 91; MM, see word); (2) emphatic, he, she, it (M, Pr., 86; Bl, §48, 1, 2, 7), Mat.1:21, 12:50, Luk.6:35, al; pointing to some one as master (cl.), Mat.8:24, Mrk.4:38, al; αὐ, καὶ αὐ. = οὗτος, ὁ δε (BL, §48, 1), Mat.14:2, Mrk.14:15, 44, Luk.1:22, 2:28, al. 2) In oblique cases (cl.), for the simple pron. of 3rd of person(s), he, she, it, Mat.7:9, 10:12, 26:44, al; with ptcp. in genitive absol, Mat.9:18, Mrk.13:1, al. (for irreg. constructions, V. Bl, §74, 5); pleonastically after the relative (cf. Heb. אֲשֶׁר לוֹ; WM, 184ff; Bl, §50, 4; MM, see word), Mrk.7:25, Rev.3:8, 7:2, al; in constr. ad sensum, without proper subject expressly indicated, Mat.4:23, Act.8:5, 2Co.2:13, al; genitive αὐτοῦ = ἐκείνου, Rom.11:11, 1Th.2:19, Tit.3:5, Heb.2:4. 3) ὁ, ἡ, τὸ αὐ, the same: Heb.1:12, 13:8; τὸ αὐ, ποιεῖν, Mat.5:46, 47, al; φρονεῖν, Rom.12:16, 15:5, Php.2:2, al; τὰ αὐ, Act.15:27, Rom.2:1, al; κατὰ τὸ (τὰ) αὐ. (MM, see word), Act.14:1, Luk.6:23, al; ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ, together (MM, see word), Mat.22:34, Act.1:15, al; ἓν κ. τὸ αὐ, 1Co.11:5, 12:11; with dative (cl.), 1Co.11:5; with a noun, λόγος, Mrk.14:39; μέτρος, Php.1:30; πνεῦμα, 1Co.12:4. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
αὐτός
Transliteration:
autos
Gloss:
it/s/he
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (3rd person)
Definition:
αὐτός (Cretan dialect ἀϝτός [Refs] (also αὐτόν[Refs], reflexive pronoun, self:—in oblique cases used for the personal pronoun, him, her, it:—with Article, ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό (also ταὐτόν), etc, the very one, the same. I) self, myself, thyself, etc, accusative to the person of the Verb: frequently joined with ἐγώ, σύ, etc. (see. below 10), I.1) one's true self, the soul, not the body, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; reversely, body, not soul, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; oneself, as opposed to others who are less prominent, as king to subject, [Refs]; man to wife and children, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; warrior to horses, [Refs 8th c.BC+], or to weapons, [Refs]; shepherd to herd, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; seamen to ships, [Refs]: generally, whole to parts,[Refs 5th c.BC+]: absolutely, the Master, as in the [Refs 4th c.BC+] Latin Ipse dixit; so τίς οὗτος;— Αὐτός, i.e. Socrates, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀναβόησον Αὐτόν[Refs]the Master, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the result will show, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially αὐτὸ δείξει[Refs 5th c.BC+]; of things, the very, ὑπὸ λόφον αὐτόν, i.e. just, exactly under, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πρὸς αὐταῖς ταῖς θύραις close by the door, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ τὸ δέον the very thing needed, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ τὸ περίορθρον the point of dawn, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὰ τὰ ἐναντία the very opposite, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even, οὔ μοι μέλει ἄλγος οὔτ᾽ αὐτῆς Ἑκάβης[Refs 8th c.BC+] —In these senses αὐτός in Prose either precedes both the _Article_ and substantive, or follows both, e.g. αὐτὸς ὁ υἱός or ὁ υἱὸς αὐτός. The Article is sometimes omitted with proper names, or Nouns denoting individuals, αὐτὸς Μένων[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2) of oneself, of one's own accord, ἀλλά τις αὐ. ἴτω[Refs 8th c.BC+]; also, in person, τῶν πραγμάτων ὑμῖν. αὐτοῖς ἀντιληπτέον[Refs 4th c.BC+] I.3) by oneself or itself, alone, αὐτός περ ἐών although alone, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸς ἐγείναο παῖδ᾽, i.e. without a mother,[Refs 8th c.BC+]by himself, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν we are by ourselves, i.e. among friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὰ γὰρ ἔστιν ταῦτα these and no others, [Refs 5th c.BC+] himself alone, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸς μόνος, see at {μόνος} II; αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτόν, see at {ἑαυτοῦ}. I.4) in Philosophy, by or in itself, of an abstract concept or idea, δίκαιον αὐτό[Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently in this sense, attached to Nouns of all genders, οὐκ αὐτὸ δικαιοσύνην ἐπαινοῦντες ἀλλὰ τὰς ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς εὐδοκιμήσεις[Refs 5th c.BC+]; more fully, εἰ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πατέρα ἠρώτων, ἆρα ὁ πατήρ ἐστι πατήρ τινος, ἢ ο; [Refs]; ἀδελφός, αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὅπερ ἔστιν the ideal, abstract brother, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; less frequently agreeing with the substantive, ἵνα αὐτὴ δικαιοσύνη πρὸς ἀδικίαν αὐτὴν κριθείη[Refs 5th c.BC+]its very self, [Refs] I.5) in dative with substantive, in one, together, ἀνόρουσεν αὐτῇ σὺν φόρμιγγι he sprang up lyre in hand, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτῇ σὺν πήληκι κάρη helmet and all,[Refs 8th c.BC+] men and all, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτοῖσι συμμάχοισι allies and all, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.6) added to ordinal Numbers, e.g. πέμπτος αὐτός himself the fifth, i. e. himself with four others, [NT+5th c.BC+] I.7) frequently coupled with οὗτος, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτό ἐστι τὸ ζητηθέν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ταῦτα ἥκω αὐτὰ ἵνα. [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.8) καὶ αὐτός himself too, [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.9) repeated in apodosi for emphasis, αὐτὸς ἐπαγγειλάμενος σώσειν. αὐτὸς ἀπώλεσεν[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10) in connexion with the person. pronoun, ἐγὼν αὐτός[Refs 8th c.BC+]; followed by an enclitic pronoun, αὐτόν μιν[Refs 8th c.BC+] I.10.b) with person. pronoun omitted, αὐτός. ἧσθαι λιλαίομαι, for ἐγὼ αὐτός, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αὐτὸν ἐλέησον, for ἐμὲ αὐτόν,[Refs 8th c.BC+] is simply a strengthened form of ο; and so in Attic dialect, when σὲ αὐτόν, ἐμοὶ αὐτῷ, etc, are read divisim, they are emphatic, not reflexive; in this case αὐτός generally precedes the person. pronoun,[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10.c) with the reflexive ἑαυτοῦ, αὑτοῦ, etc, to add force and definiteness, αὐτὸς καθ᾽ αὑτοῦ[Refs 4th c.BC+]; αὐτοὶ ὑφ᾽ αὑτῶν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; sometimes between the Article and reflexive pronoun, τοῖς αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ πήμασιν βαρύνεται[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.10.d) αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶν with possessive pronoun, πατρὸς κλέος ἠδ᾽ ἐμὸν αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+]; τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+] I.10.e) αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ with comparative and superlative adjective, αὐτὸς ἑωυτοῦ ῥέει πολλῷ ὑποδεέστερος[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.11) αὐτός for ὁ αὐτός, the same, [Refs 8th c.BC+], and in later Prose, αὐταῖς ταῖς ἡμέραις[NT+2nd c.AD+] I.12) comparative αὐτότερος[Refs 5th c.BC+]: superlative αὐτότατος his very self, [Refs 5th c.BC+]. adverb, comparative αὐτοτέρως[Refs 2nd c.AD+] II) he, she, it, for the simple pronoun of 3 person, only in oblique cases (except in later Gk, [NT], and rarely first in a sentence, [NT+5th c.BC+]: rare in Epic dialect, [Refs 8th c.BC+], and mostly emphatic,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; so in Trag, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in Prose, to recall a Noun used earlier in the sentence, ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν βασιλέα. οὐκ οἶδα ὅ τι δεῖ αὐτὸν ὀμόσαι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; after a Relative, ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται. ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ[Refs 8th c.BC+]; especially where a second Verb requires a change of case in the pronoun, οἳ ἂν ἐξελεγχθῶσι. ὡς προδότας αὐτοὺς ὄντας τιμωρηθῆναι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; later, pleonastically after a Relative, ὧν ὁ μὲν αὐτῶν[NT+5th c.BC+] III) with Article ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό, and Attic dialect contraction αὑτός, αὑτή, ταὐτό and ταὐτόν (as required by the metre,[Refs 5th c.BC+] plural neuter ταὐτ; Ionic dialect ὡυτός, τὠυτό:—the very one, the same, rare in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with dative, to denote sameness or agreement, especially in Prose, τὠυτὸ ἂν ὑμῖν ἐπρήσσομεν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ αὐτὸς τῷ λίθῳ the same as the stone, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ταὐτῷ εἶναί τινι to be in the place with, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; προσίεσθαί τινα ἐς ταὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ to have a person meet one,[Refs 5th c.BC+]face to face, [Refs 4th c.AD+] III.2) in later Greek, the said, the above-named, Ἡρώδης ὁ αὐ.[Refs 3rd c.BC+] IV) Adverbial phrases: IV.1) αὐτὸ μόνον simply, merely, [Refs 1st c.AD+] IV.2) αὐτό as adverb, ={ἄρτι}, [Refs] IV.3) αὐτὸ τοῦτο as adverb, [NT+2nd c.BC+] IV.4) with Preps, ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό added together, making a total, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; κατὰ τὸ αὐτό together, at the same time,[NT], etc; but κατ᾽ αὐτό just then, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] V) In Compos: V.1) of or by oneself, self-, as in αὐτοδίδακτος, αὐτογνώμων, αὐτόματος: and so, independently, as in αὐτοκράτωρ, αὐτόνομος. V.2) hence, as a second self, very, bodily, as with proper names, Αὐτοθαΐς. V.3) in the abstract, the ideal, see above[Refs] V.4) precisely, as in αὐτόδεκα. V.5) rarely with reflexive sense of ἀλλήλων, as in αὐτοκτονέω. V.6) in one piece with, together with, as in αὐτόκωπος, αὐτοχείλης, αὐτόπρεμνος, αὐτόρριζος. V.7) by itself: hence, only, as in αὐτόξυλος, αὐτόποκος.—For αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶς, etc, see the respective Arts.
Strongs
Word:
αὐτός
Transliteration:
autós
Pronounciation:
ow-tos'
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative g1438 (ἑαυτοῦ)) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons; her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which; from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of g109 (ἀήρ) through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward)
and
Strongs:
Lexicon:
καί
Greek:
καὶ
Transliteration:
kai
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Source:
Identical in all sources
Tyndale
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conj., and I. Copulative. 1) Connecting single words; (a) in general: Mat.2:18, 16:1, Mrk.2:15, Luk.8:15, Heb.1:1, al. mult; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mat.23:23, Luk.14:21, Rom.7:12, 9:4, al. (b) connecting numerals (WM, §37, 4): Jhn.2:20, Act.13:20; (with) joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mat.8:33, 26:59, Mrk.16:17, Act.5:29, al. 2) Connecting clauses and sentences: Mat.3:12, Act.5:21, al. mult; esp. (a) where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, §60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss, LAE, 128ff.): Mat.1:21, 7:25, Mrk.9:5, Jhn.10:3, al; (b) joining affirmative to negative sentences: Luk.3:14, Jhn.4:11, IIIJhn.10; (with) consecutive, and so: Mat.5:1, 23:32, Heb.3:19, al; after imperatives, Mat.4:19, Luk.7:7, al; (d) = καίτοι, and yet: Mat.3:14, 6:26, Mrk.12:12, Luk.18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), 1Co.5:2, al; (e) beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Luk.2:21, 7:12, Act.1:10; beginning a question (WM, §53, 3a): Mrk.10:26, Luk.10:29, Jhn.9:36. 3) Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, §53, 3c): Luk.3:18, Jhn.1:16, Act.23:6, Rom.1:5, 1Co.3:5, al. 4) In transition: Mat.4:23, Mrk.5:1, 21, Jhn.1:19, al; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο (וַי:הִי; also ἐγένετο δέ), Mrk.1:9 (cf. Luk.5:1; V. Burton, §§357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). 5) καὶ. καί, both. and (for τε. καί, see: τε); (a) connecting single words: Mat.10:28, Mrk.4:41, Rom.11:33, al; (b) clauses and sentences: Mrk.9:13, Jhn.7:28, 1Co.1:22, al. II. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mat.5:39, 40; Mrk.2:28, al. mult; esp. with pron, adv, etc, Mat.20:4, Jhn.7:47, al; ὡς κ, Act.11:17; καθὼς κ, Rom.15:7; οὑτω κ, Rom.6:11; διὸ κ, Luk.1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss, BS, 313ff.), Act.13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ. (Bl, §77, 7; Deiss, BS, 265f,), Php.4:3; τί κ, 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ, Luk.14:22, Jhn.5:18, al; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, §437), Act.17:27; καίπερ, Heb.5:8; κ. ἐάν, see: ἐάν. ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ with ind. (Bl, §65, 4; cf. Jhn.13:17, 1Co.7:36), if haply, if; 1) with subjc. (cl.); (a) pres: Mat.6:22, Luk.10:6, Jhn.7:17, Rom.2:25, 26 al; { (b) aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mat.4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Luk.9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mrk.3:24, Luk.14:34, Jhn.5:43, Rom.7:2, al; = cl. εἰ, with opt, Jhn.9:22 11:57, Act.9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jhn.12:32 14:3, I Jhn.2:28 3:2, Heb.3:7 " (LXX). 2) C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; see WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss, BS, 201f, LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl, §65, 4); (a) fut: Mat.18:19 T, Luk.19:40, Act.7:7; (b) pres: 1Th.3:8 (see Milligan, in l.). 3) With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl, §65, 6), Gal.6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl, l.with), with subjc. pres, Mat.10:13, 1Co.8:8, Jas.2:17, 1Jn.3:21; aor, Mat.6:15, Mrk.3:27, Jhn.3:3, Rom.10:15, Gal.1:8 2:16 (see Lft, Ellic, in ll.); ἐ. τε. ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם. אִם, Est.19:13, al,] Rom.14:8. 4) = cl. ἄν (which see) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf, Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f; Bl, §26, 4; Mayser, 152f; Deiss, BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ, Mat.5:19, Mrk.6:22, 23 Luk.17:32, 1Co.6:18, al; ὅπου ἐ, Mat.8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ, Rev.11:6; οὗ ἐ, 1Co.16:6; καθὸ ἐ, 2Co.8:12; ὅστις ἐ, Gal.5:10. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences, A) and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and, A.I) joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.2) to addalimiting or defining expression, πρὸς μακρὸν ὄρος κ. Κύνθιον ὄχθον to the mountain and specially to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (sometimes in reverse order, πρὸς δῶμα Διὸς κ. μακρὸν Ὄλυμπον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; to add by way of climax, θεῶν. κ. Ποσειδῶνος all the gods, and above all. , [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently ἄλλοι τε καί, ἄλλως τε καί, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs]; ὀλίγου τινὸς ἄξια κ. οὐδενός little or nothing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. ταῦτα and this too. , γελᾶν ἀναπείθειν, κ. ταῦθ᾽ οὕτω πολέμιον ὄντα τῷ γέλωτι [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II) at the beginning of a sentence, A.II.1) in appeals or requests, καί μοι δὸς τὴν Χεῖρα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καί μοι λέγε, καί μοι ἀπόκριναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in Oratt, καί μοι λέγε. τὸ ψήφισμα, καί μοι ἀνάγνωθι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) in questions, to introduce an objection or express surprise, κ. τίς τόδ᾽ ἐξίκοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀγγέλων τάχο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κ. πῶς; pray how? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. δὴ τί; but then what? [Refs]; κ. ποῖον; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς εἶδε πώποτε βοῦς κριβανίτα; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κἄπειτ᾽ ἔκανε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς πώποτε Χαριζόμενος ἑτέρῳ τοῦτο εἰργάσατ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.3) ={καίτοι}, and yet, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.4) at the beginning of a speech, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) after words implying sameness or like ness, as, γνώμῃσι ἐχρέωντο ὁμοίῃσι κ. σύ they had the same opinion as you, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἴσον or ἴσα κ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἴσῳ (i.e. ἐστὶ) κ. εἰ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) after words implying comparison or opposition, αἱ δαπάναι οὐχ ὁμοίως κ. πρίν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.3) to express simultaneity, ἦν ἦμαρ δεύτερον, κἀγὼ κατηγόμην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παρέρχονταί τε μέσαι νύκτες κ. ψύχεται [τὸ ὕδωρ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι] οὐκ ἔφθασαν τὴν ἀρχὴν κατασχόντες κ. Θηβαίοις εὐθὺς ἐπεβούλευσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) joining an affirmative clause with a negative, ἀλλ᾽ ὥς τι δράσων εἷρπε κοὐ θανούμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) καί, καί. correlative, not only, but also. , κ. ἀεὶ κ. νῦν, κ. τότε κ. νῦν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) by anacoluthon, ὣς φαμένη κ. κερδοσύνῃ ἡγήσατ᾽ Ἀθήνη, for ὣς ἔφη κ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔρχεται δὲ αὐτή τε. κ. τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα, for κ. ὁ υἱός, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) even, also, just, B.1) τάχα κεν κ. ἀναίτιον αἰτιόῳτο even the innocent, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δόμεναι κ. μεῖζον ἄεθλον an even greater prize, [Refs]full five,[Refs 5th c.BC+] two or three, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) also, κ. ἐγώ I also, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. αὐτοί they also, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἀγίας καὶ Σωκράτης κ. τούτω ἀπεθανέτην likewise died, [Refs]; in adding surnames, etc, Ὦχος ὁ κ. Δαρειαῖος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; nominative ὁ κ. first in [Refs 1st c.BC+], frequently later, [Refs 2nd c.AD+], etc; Ἰούδας ὁ κ. Μακκαβαῖος [NT+8th c.BC+]; εἴπερ τι κ. ἄλλο, ὥς τις κ. ἄλλος, [Refs 5th c.BC+], not only, but also. , see at {μόνος}; οὐδὲν μᾶλλον. ἢ οὐ καὶ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2.b) frequently used both in the antecedent and relative clause, where we put also in the antecedent only, εἰ μὲν κ. σὺ εἶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὧνπερ κ. ἐγώ [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.3) frequently in apodosi, after temporal Conjs, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥα, κ. τότε δή. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also after εἰ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: as a Hebraism, κ. ἐγένετο. κ. [LXX+NT] B.4) with Advs, to give emphasis, κ. κάρτα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. λίην full surely, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. πάλαι, κ. πάνυ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. μάλα, κ. σφόδρα, in answers, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.5) with words expressing a minimum, even so much as, were it but, just, ἱέμενος κ. καπνὸν ἀποθρῴσκοντα νοῆσαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷς ἡδὺ κ. λέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίς δὲ κ. προσβλέψετα; who will so much as look at you? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.6) just, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτὸ κ. νοσοῦμεν 'tis just that that ails me, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently with a relative, τὸ κ. κλαίουσα τέτηκα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and how long ago was the city sacked? [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ποῦ καί σφε θάπτε; where is he burying her? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.7) even, just, implying assent, ἔπειτά με κ. λίποι αἰών thereafter let life e'en leave me, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.8) κ. εἰ even if, of a whole condition represented as an extreme case, opposed to εἰ κ. although, notwithstanding that, of a condition represented as immaterial even if fulfilled,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰ κ. ἠπιστάμην if I had been able, [Refs 5th c.BC+] each exert their force separtely, as εἴ περ ἀδειής τ᾽ ἐστί, καὶ εἰ. and if. [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.9) before a Participle, to represent either καὶ εἰ, or εἰ καί, although, albeit, Ἕκτορα κ. μεμαῶτα μάχης σχήσεσθαι ὀΐω, for ἢν κ. μεμάῃ, how much soever he rage, although he rage, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C) Position: καί and, is by Poets sometimes put after another word, ἔγνωκα, τοῖσδε κοὐδὲν ἀντειπεῖν ἔχω, for καὶ τοῖσδε οὐδέν [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.2) καί also, sometimes goes between a preposition and its case, ἐν κ. θαλάσσᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.3) very seldom at the end of a verse, [Refs 5th c.BC+] D) crasis: with ᾰ, as κἄν, κἀγαθοί, etc; with ε, as κἀγώ, κἄπειτα, etc, Doric dialect κἠγώ, κἤπειτα, etc; with η, as Χἠ, Χἠμέρη, Χἠμεῖς, etc; with ῐ in Χἰκετεύετε, Χἰλαρ; with ο, as Χὠ, Χὤστις, etc; with υ in Χὐμεῖς, Χὐποχείριον, etc; with ω in the pronoun ᾧ, Χ; with αι, as κᾀσχρῶ; with αυ, as καὐτό; with ει, as κεἰ, κεἰς (but also κἀς), κᾆτ; with εὐ, as κεὐγένεια, κεὐσταλή; with οι in Χοἰ (Χᾠ [Refs]; with ου in Χοὖτος, κοὐ, κοὐδέ, and the like.
Strongs
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kaí
Pronounciation:
kahee
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Definition:
and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words; and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet; apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force
now
Strongs:
Greek:
νῦν
Transliteration:
nun
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Adverb
Grammar:
DESCRIBING a specific ACTION
Source:
Identical in all sources
Tyndale
Word:
νῦν
Transliteration:
nun
Gloss:
now
Morphhology:
Greek Adverb
Definition:
νῦν, adv., [in LXX chiefly for עַתָּה;] 1) prop, of time, now, i.e. at the present time: as opposite to past, Jhn.4:18, Act.7:52, Rom.13:11, 2Co.7:9, Col.1:24, al; opposite to fut, Jhn.12:27, Rom.11:31, al; with art, ὁ (ἡ, τὸ) and subst, the present: Rom.3:26, Gal.4:25, 1Ti.6:17, Tit.2:12, al; απὸ τοῦ ν. (LXX for מֵעַתָּה), Luk.1:48, Act.18:6, al; ἄχρι τοῦ ν, Rom.8:22, Php.1:5; ἕως τοῦ ν. (LXX for עַד עַתָּה), Mat.24:21, Mrk.13:19; τὰ ν, as regards the present, Act.5:38; with pret, just now, but now, Mat.26:65, Jhn.11:8 21:10; with fut, now, presently, Jhn.12:31, Act.20:22; so with praes, presently, forthwith, Jhn.12:31 17:13; καὶ ν, Jhn.11:22 17:5, al; ἀλλὰ ν, Luk.22:36; ἔτι ν, 1Co.3:2; τότε (πότε). ν. (δέ), Rom.6:21 11:30; ν. ἤδη, 1Jn.4:3; ν. οὖν, Act.10:33, al. 2) Of logical sequence (often difficult to disting. from the temporal sense; cf. Lft, Notes, 113f.), now, therefore, now, however, as it is: Luk.11:39; καὶ ν, Act.3:17, 2Th.2:6, 1Jn.2:28; id. before δεῦρο, Act.7:34; ν. δέ, Jhn.8:40 9:41 15:22, 24, 18:36, 1Co.5:11 7:14 12:20, al. (cf. WM, 579.11). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
νῦν
Transliteration:
nun
Gloss:
now
Morphhology:
Greek Adverb
Definition:
νῦν (for νυν, νυ, see infr. II), adverb now, both of the present moment, and of the present time generally, οἳ ν. βροτοί εἰσιν mortals of our day, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; so in Ionic dialect and Attic dialect, οἱ ν. [ἄνθρωποι] men of the present day, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ ν. τρόπος, τὸ ν. βαρβαρικόν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Βοιωτοὶ οἱ ν.[Refs 5th c.BC+]the present, [LXX+5th c.BC+]; μέχρι ν. (variant{μ. τοῦ ν}.) [Refs 1st c.BC+]; τὰ ν. simply, ={ν}, [NT+5th c.BC+] 2) of the immediate past, just now, but now, ν. Μενέλαος ἐνίκησεν [Refs 8th c.BC+] 3) of the future, presently, ν. αὖτ᾽ ἐγχείῃ πειρήσομαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; compare νῦν δή, νυνί. 4) sometimes opposed to to what might have been under other circumstances, as it is (or was), as the case stands (or stood), as a matter offact, ν. δ᾽ ὁ μὲν ὣς ἀπόλωλε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καὶ ν. even so, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 5) coupled with other Particles, τὰ ν. γε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ν. δή, see entry: with other expressions of Time, ν. σήμερον, ν. ἡμέρη ἥδε, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ν. ἤδη henceforth, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (anapaest meter), etc; ν. ἄρτι but now, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) enclitic (but see below) νυν, νυ. [νυ only Epic dialect, Boeotian dialect, and [Refs 4th c.AD+]; νῠν twice in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ῠ [Refs 5th c.BC+], ῡ in Comedy texts [Refs 5th c.BC+]; both quantities in τοίνυν, which see] II.1) rarely of Time, now, perhaps so used in [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.2) in Epic dialect mostly as a particle of emphasis, ἧκε δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ Ἀργείοισι κακὸν βέλος· οἱ δέ νυ λαοὶ θνῇσκον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: frequently coupled with other Particles or Conjs, ἦ ῥά ν. [Refs]; ἐπεί νύ τοι[Refs] II.3) in commands or entreaties, μή ν. μοι νεμεσήσετ᾽ [Refs] come now![Refs 5th c.BC+]; so in Boeotian dialect, ν. ἔνθω [Refs 5th c.AD+] II.4) in questions, τίς ν; τί ν; who, what, why now? [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἦ νυ; [Refs 8th c.BC+]; oxytone when ={δή}, Tyrannioap.Hdn.Gr.2.27; καθ᾽ ὁμαλισμόν or κατ᾽ ἔγκλισιν when=δή, [Refs 5th c.BC+]. In codices usually perispomenon in both senses, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even νῠν is written νῦν in codices vett. [Refs 5th c.BC+] passim, also in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; hence νυν may frequently be restored where the sense requires it. The accent of τοίνῡ?~Xν perhaps shows that both νῠν and νῡν could be enclitic.—Position: in signf. I νῦν can occupy any position; in signf. II it prefers (like other enclitics, but also like{ἄν, δέ, γάρ}, etc.) the second place in the sentence, e.g. πρός νύν σε πατρός [Refs 5th c.BC+]; νυ (always enclitic) precedes other enclitics and allows only δέ to precede.] (Cf. Sanskrit nú, n[umacracute], nūnám, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] nū 'now', etc.)
Strongs
Word:
νῦν
Transliteration:
nŷn
Pronounciation:
noon
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Adverb
Definition:
"now" (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate; henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time); a primary particle of present time
they are
Strongs:
Lexicon:
εἰμί
Greek:
εἰσιν
Transliteration:
eisin
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to be
Morphhology:
Verb Present Active Indicative 3rd Plural
Grammar:
an ACTION that happens - by people or things being discussed
Source:
Identical in all sources
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
εἰμί
Transliteration:
eimi
Gloss:
to be
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
εἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. I. As substantive verb. 1) Of persons and things, to be, exist: Act.17:28, Jhn.1:1, 8:58, 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Rev.1:4, 8, 4:8, 11:17, 16:5 (see Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Rom.4:17, 1Co.1:28. 2) Of times, events, etc, to be, happen, take place: Mat.24:3, Mrk.14:2, 15:42, Luk.21:23, Jhn.4:6, 23, 5:10, al. 3) to be present, be in a place, have come: Mat.2:13, 15, Mrk.1:45, 5:21, 15:40, Luk.1:80, 5:29, Jhn.7:30, al; before εἰς, Mrk.2:1; before ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mat.1:20, 21:25, Mrk.11:30, Jhn.3:31, al. 4) Impers, ἔστι, ἦν, etc; (a) there is (Fr. il y a), was, etc: Mat.16:28, Luk.16:19, Jhn.3:1, 5:2, Rom.3:10, al; with dative (of the possessor; Bl, §37, 3), Mat.16:22, Luk.1:7, Jhn.18.10, Rom.9:2, al; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mat.16:28, 19:2, Mrk.9:1, al; (b) with inf, = ἔξεστιν (which see), it is possible: Heb.9:5, 1Co.11:20, RV (but see ICC, in l.). II. As copula uniting subject and predicate. 1) Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mat.5:13, 14:15, Luk.1:18, 19, Jhn.1:1, 4:19, Rev.3:9, al. mult. 2) Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc: Mat.13:19, 1Co.9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Gal.4:24, Rev.17:15, al; ταῦτ᾽ ἔστιν, Mat.27:46, Mrk.7:2, Rom.7:18 al; ὅ ἐστιν, Mrk.3:17, Col.1:24, Heb.7:2, al; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mat.26:26-28, Mrk.14:22, 24, Luk.22:19, 1Co.11:24 (see ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. with; DB, iii, 148 f.). 3) C. genitive: qual, etc, Mrk.5:42, Luk.3:23, 1Co.14:33, Heb.12:11, al; part, 1Ti.1:20, 2Ti.1:15; poss, Mat.5:3, 10, Mrk.12:7, Luk.4:7; of service or partisanship, Rom.8:9, 1Co.1:12, 2Co.10:7, 2Ti.2:19. 4) C. dative (BL, §37, 3): Act.1:8, 9:15, Rom.4:12, 1Co.1:18, 2:14, Rev.21:7, al. 5) C. ptcp, as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl, §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); (a) with ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mat.10:30, Luk.9:32, Jhn.3:24, Act.21:35, 1Co.15:19, al; (b) with ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf, as in Heb. and Aram; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mat.7:29, Mrk.1:22, Luk.4:31, 14:1, Act.1:10, al. mult, id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f, 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Rom.12:9, 10, Heb.13:5, al; (with) with ptcp. aor. (cl), Luk.23:9. 6) Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mat.19:5, Mrk.10:8, Heb.8:10, al. 7) C. adv: Mat.19:20, Mrk.4:26, Luk.18:11, al. 8) Ellipses; (a) of the copula (Bl, §30, 3): Mat.8:29, 24:32, Jhn.21:22, 23, Heb.6:4, al; (b) of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mat.14:27, Mrk.6:50, al; absol. (cf. Deu.32:39; אֲנִי הוּא), Mrk.13:6, Jhn.4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ, ἔν, πάρ, συμ-πάρ, σύν-ειμι). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
εἰμί
Transliteration:
eimi
Gloss:
to be
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
εἰμί (sum), Aeolic dialect ἔμμι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Cretan dialect ἠμί [Refs]; 2nd pers. singular εἶ, Epic dialect and Ionic dialect εἰς [Refs 8th c.BC+], Epic dialect and Doric dialect ἐσσί [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἐστί, Doric dialect ἐντί [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. dual ἐστόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 1st pers. plural ἐσμέν, Epic dialect and Ionic dialect εἰμέν (also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], Doric dialect εἰμές [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural εἰσί (-ίν), Epic dialect and Ionic dialect ἔασι (-ιν) [Refs 8th c.BC+], Doric dialect ἐντί [Refs 5th c.BC+], Epic dialect and Lyric poetry also in middle form ἔσσο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἔστω (ἤτω [LXX+5th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural ἔστωσαν, but ἔστων [Refs 8th c.BC+], and early Attic dialect Inscrr, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]subjunctive ὦ, ᾖς, ᾖ, Epic dialect ἔω [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἔῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+], also Boeotian dialect ἔνθω [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect 3rd.pers. plural ὦντι [Refs], Boeotian dialect ἴωνθι [Refs 6th c.BC+], -η, also ἔοις, ἔοι, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural εἴοισαν Ἀρχ. Ἐφ. [Refs]; 3rd.pers. dual εἴτην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 1st pers. plural εἶμεν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 2nd pers. plural εἶτε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural εἶεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Elean ἔα, ={εἴη}, [Refs 6th c.BC+]infinitive εἶναι, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; Epic dialect ἔμμεναι (also Aeolic dialect ἔμμεν᾽ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect εἶμεν Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]participle ὤν, Epic dialect ἐών, ἐοῦσα, ἐόν, [Refs 5th c.AD+]; Boeotian dialect feminine ἰῶσα [Refs], Aeolic dialect and Doric dialect feminine ἔσσα [Refs 7th c.BC+] (also Ionic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; nominative singular εἴς in [Refs 7th c.BC+]: imperfect ἦν [Refs 8th c.BC+] (also Aeolic dialect, [Refs 7th c.BC+] (uncertain in Aeolic dialect, [Refs 7th c.BC+] is required by metre in [Refs 8th c.BC+], whence Hom.and later Ionic dialect ἔᾱ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect 3rd.pers. singular ἦεν, always with ν in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔην as 1st pers. singular, only [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 2nd pers. singular ἦσθα, later ἦς (which is variant in [NT+5th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἦν, Epic dialect ἔην, ἤην, ἦεν (see. above), Doric dialect and Aeolic dialect ἦς [Refs 7th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. dual ἤστην [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect 1st pers. plural ἦμες [Refs 1st c.AD+]; 2nd pers. plural ἦτε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural ἦσαν, Ionic dialect and poetical ἔσαν (in [Refs 8th c.BC+], but is rather a peculiarity of syntax, see below see, but is 3rd.pers. plural in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἔον [NT+5th c.BC+], 2nd pers. singular ἦσο [Refs], 3rd.pers. singular ἦστο [Refs], 1st pers. plural ἤμεθα [NT+3rd c.BC+]; subjunctive ὦμαι [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect and Epic dialect also ἔσκον, used by [Refs 4th c.BC+]future ἔσομαι, ἔσται, Epic dialect and Aeolic dialect also ἔσσομαι, ἔσεται, ἔσσετα; Aeolic dialect 2nd pers. singular ἔσσῃ probably in [Refs 8th c.BC+], infinitive ἐσσεῖσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+] —All forms of the present indicative are enclitic (except 2nd pers. singular εἶ and 3rd.pers. plural ἔασι); but 3rd.pers. singular is written ἔστι when it begins a sentence or verse, or when it immediately follows οὐκ, καί, εἰ, ὡς, ἀλλά, or τοῦτ᾽, Hdn.Gr.[Refs]; later Grammars wrote ἔστι as substantive Verb, [Refs 9th c.AD+] A) as the substantive Verb, A.I) of persons, exist, οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ οὗτος ἀνήρ, οὐδ᾽ ἔσσεται [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔτ᾽ εἰσί they are still in being,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐκέτ᾽ ἐστί he is no more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐδὲ δὴν ἦν he was not long-lived, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὁ οὐκ ὤν, οἱ οὐκ ὄντες, of those who are no more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ὄντες the living, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; ὁ ὤν the [LXX+8th c.BC+]; ἐσσόμενοι posterity,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡς ἂν εἶεν ἅνθρωποι might continue in being, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of things, εἰ ἔστι ἀληθέως [ἡ τράπεζα] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of cities, ὄλωλεν, οὐδ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἐστὶ Τροία [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δοκεῖ μοι Καρχηδόνα μὴ εἶναι censeo Carthaginem esse delendam, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; ἂν ᾖ τὸ στράτευμα be in existence, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; of money, to be in hand, τῶν ὄντων χρημάτων καὶ τῶν προσιόντων [Refs]; τὰ ὄντα property, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ἐσόμενον ἐκ. future revenue from, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; of place, τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν the local church, [NT]; of time, τοῦ ὄντος μηνός in the current month, [Refs]; in office, ἱερέων τῶν ὄντων [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; αἱ οὖσαι [ἐξουσίαι] the powers that be, Ep. Rom.[Refs] A.II) of the real world, be, opposed to become, γίγνεται πάντα ἃ δή φαμεν εἶναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὄν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to τὸ μὴ ὄν, [LXX+5th c.BC+]; τὰ ὄντα the world of things, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὄνindeclinable, τῶν ὂν εἰδῶν species of Being, [Refs 3rd c.AD+] A.II.2) of circumstances, events, etc, to happen, τά τ᾽ ἐόντα, τά τ᾽ ἐσσόμενα, πρό τ᾽ ἐόντα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τῆς προδοσίας οὔσης since treachery was there, [Refs]; ἕως ἂν ὁ πόλεμος ᾖ so long as it last, [Refs]; τί ἐστι; what is it? what's the matter? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί οὖν ἦν τοῦτ; how came it to pass? [Refs 5th c.BC+] things are as they are, i.e. are ill, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.III) be the fact or the case, διπλασίαν ἂν τὴν δύναμιν εἰκάζεσθαι ἤ ἐστιν twice as large as it really is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ ὅ ἐστι καλόν beauty in its essence, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in participle, τὸν ἐόντα λόγον λέγειν or φαίνειν the true story, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῷ ἐόντι χρήσασθαι tell the truth,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; σκῆψιν οὐκ οὖσαν, λόγον οὐκ ὄντα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῷ ὄντι in reality, in fact, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to apply a quotation to a case in point, τῷ ὄντι κλαυσίγελως real 'smiles through tears' (with allusion to [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κατὰ τὸ ἐόν according to the fact, rightly, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πᾶν τὸ ἐόν the whole truth, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) followed by the relative, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅς or ὅστις no one, οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ ὃς. ἀπαλάλκοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐκ ἔ. ὅτῳ, ={οὐδενί}, [Refs 4th c.BC+], = Latin sunt qui, used exactly like{ἔνιοι}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐστὶν ἃ χωρία, πολίσματα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; the singular Verb is used even with masculine and feminine plural, ἐστὶν οἵ, αἵ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; more frequently in oblique cases, ποταμῶν ἐστὶ ὧν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐστὶ παρ᾽ οἷς, ἐστὶν ἐν οἷς, [Refs 5th c.BC+], = Latin est ubi, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. ὅπῃ, ἔσθ᾽ ὅπου, somehow, somewhere, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in questions expecting a negative answer, ἐ. ὁπόθεν, ὅπω; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐκ ἔ. ὅπως οὐ in any case, necessarily, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. ὅτε, ἔσθ᾽ ὅτε, sometimes, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) ἦν is sometimes used with plural masculine and feminine, usually at the beginning of a sentence, there was, τῆς δ᾽ ἦν τρεῖς κεφαλαί [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἦν δ᾽ ἀμφίπλεκτοι κλίμακες [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἦν ἄρα κἀκεῖνοι ταλακάρδιοι epigram cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; before dual Nouns, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ἔστι impersonal, with infinitive, it is possible, ἔστι γὰρ ἀμφοτέροισιν ὀνείδεα μυθήσασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἴ τί πού ἐστι (i.e. πιθέσθαι)[Refs 5th c.BC+]; so in imperative, optative, and subjunctive, ἔστω ἀποφέρεσθαι τῷ βουλομένῳ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; followed by ὥστε with infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with accusative et infinitive, ἁδόντα δ᾽ εἴη με τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ὁμιλεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes not impersonal in this sense, θάλασσα δ᾽ οὐκέτ᾽ ἦν ἰδεῖν [Refs] A.VI.b) ἔστω in argument, let it be granted, ἔστω τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἶναι [Refs 4th c.BC+] B) most frequently, to be, the Copula connecting the predicate with the Subject, both being in the same case: hence, signify, import, τὸ γὰρ εἴρειν λέγειν ἐστίν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially in the phrase τοῦτ᾽ ἔστι, hoc est; Σκαιόλαν, ὅπερ ἐστὶ Λαϊόν [Refs 1st c.AD+] twice five are ten, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναί τις or τι, to be somebody, something, be of some consequence, see at {τι; οὐδὲν εἶναι} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) periphrastic with the Participle to represent the finite Verb: with perfect participle once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; so in Trag. and Attic dialect, ἦν τεθνηκώς, for ἐτεθνήκει, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἔσται δεδορκώς[Refs 5th c.BC+]: with aorist participle, once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; so προδείσας εἰμί, οὐ σιωπήσας ἔσε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with present participle, ἦν προκείμενον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί δ᾽ ἐστί. φέρο; [Refs 5th c.BC+] — if the _Article_ is joined with the Part, the noun is made emphatic, Κᾶρές εἰσι οἱ καταδέξαντες the persons who showed her were Carians, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) εἶναι is frequently modified in sense by the addition of adverbs, or the cases of Nouns without or with Preps: C.I) εἶναι with adverbs, where the adverb often merely represents a Noun and stands as the predicate, ἅλις δέ οἱ ἦσαν ἄρουραι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀκέων, ἀκήν εἶναι, to be silent,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀσφαλέως ἡ κομιδὴ ἔσται will go on safely, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐγγύς, πόρρω εἶναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] it fared ill with them, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.II) with genitive, to express descent or extraction, πατρὸς δ᾽ εἴμ᾽ ἀγαθοῖο [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.II.b) to express the material of which a thing is made, ἡ κρηπίς ἐστι λίθων μεγάλων consists of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοιούτων ἔργων ἐστὶ ἡ τυραννίς is made up of, [Refs].ή, etc. C.II.c) to express the class to which a person or thing belongs, εἶ γὰρ τῶν φίλων you are one of them, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔστι τῶν αἰσχρῶν it is in the class of disgraceful things, i. e. it is disgraceful, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.II.d) to express that a thing belongs to another, Τροίαν Ἀχαιῶν οὖσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: hence, to be of the party of, ἦσαν. τινὲς μὲν φιλίππου, τινὲς δὲ τοῦ βελτίστου [Refs 4th c.BC+]; to be de pendent upon, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to be at the mercy of, ἔστι τοῦ λέγοντος, ἢν φόβους λέγῃ [Refs] C.II.e) to express one's duty, business, custom, nature, and the like, οὔτοι γυναικός ἐστι 'tis not a woman's part, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τὸ δὲ ναυτικὸν τέχνης ἐστίν is matter of art, requires art, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.II.f) in LXX, to be occupied about, ἦσαν τοῦ θύειν [LXX]; ἔσεσθαι, with genitive, to be about to, ἐσόμεθα τοῦ σῶσαί σε [LXX] C.III) with the dative, ἐστί μοι I have, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.III.2) with two datives, σφίσι τε καὶ Ἀθηναίοισι εἶναι οὐδὲν πρῆγμα that they and the Athenians have nothing to do one with another, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; more shortly, σοί τε καὶ τούτοισι πρήγμασι τί ἐστ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί τῷ νόμῳ καὶ τῇ βασάν; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σο; Latin quid tecum est mihi? [NT]; also ἐμοὶ οὐδὲν πρὸς τοὺς τοιούτους (i.e. ἐστίν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔσται αὐτῳ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, in tomb inscriptions, [Refs] C.III.3) with ἄσμενος, βουλόμενος, etc, added, ἐμοὶ δέ κεν ἀσμένῳ εἴη 'twould be to my delight, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.IV) with Preps, εἶναι ἀπό τινος, ={εἶναί τινος}[Refs 5th c.BC+]; but εἶναι ἀπ᾽ οἴκου to be away from, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.2) εἶναι ἔκ τινος to be sprung from, εἴμ᾽ ἐκ Παιονίης, Μυρμιδόνων ἔξ εἰμι, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔστιν ἐξ ἀνάγκης it is of necessity, i. e. necessary, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.3) εἶναι ἐν. to be in a certain state, ἐν εὐπαθείῃσι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἀθυμία, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναι ἐν ἀξιώματι to be in esteem, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐν τέλεϊ ἐόντες those in office, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but εἶναι ἐν τέχνῃ, ἐν φιλοσοφία to be engaged in, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.3.b) ἐν σοί ἐστι it depends on thee, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.4) εἶναι διά, much like{εἶναι ἐν}, εἶναι διὰ φόβου, ={φοβεῖσθαι}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναι δι᾽ ὄχλου, ={ὀχληρὸν εἶναι}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναι δι᾽ αἰτίας, ={αἰτιᾶσθαι}, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; Geometry texts, pass through, διὰ τᾶς ἑτέρας διαμέτρου ἐόντος τοῦ ἐπιπέδου [Refs 3rd c.BC+] C.IV.5) εἶναι ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῆς to be by oneself, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; εἶναι ἐπὶ ὀνόματος to bear a name, [Refs]; εἶναι ἐπὶ τοῖς πράγμασιν to be engaged in, [Refs]; εἶναι ἐπί τινα to be against him, [Refs]; εἶναι ἐφ᾽ ἑξήκοντα στάδια to reach sixty stadia, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὰς ἁφάς pass through the points of contact, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; εἶναι ἐπί τινι, see above 3 b. C.IV.6) εἶναι πρός τινος to be in one's favour, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to suit, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναι πρός τινι engaged in, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρὸς τοῖς ἰδίοις mind one's own affairs, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; πρὸς τὸ πονεῖν[Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.7) εἶναι παρά τινι or τινα, = παρειναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (assuming variant). C.IV.8) εἶναι ὑπό τινα or τινι to be subject to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.9) περὶ τούτων ἐστίν that is the question, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.IV.10) εἶναι ἀπό, in Geometry texts, to be constructed upon, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] D) ἐστί is very frequently omitted, mostly in the present indicative before certain predicates, as ἀνάγκη, ἄξιον, δυνατόν, εἰκός, ἕτοιμον, οἷόν τε, ῥᾴδιον, χρεών, etc, and after the neuter of Verbals in -τέος, and such forms as θαυμαστὸν ὅσον: less frequently with other persons and moods, εἰμί omitted, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐσμέν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐστέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰσί, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; subjunctive ᾖ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; optative εἴη, [Refs]; imperfect ἦν, [Refs]; future ἔσονται, [Refs 8th c.BC+] E) the Inf. frequently seems redundant, E.1) in phrases implying power or will to do a thing, ἑκὼν εἶναι (see. ἑκών) κατὰ δύναμιν εἶναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ἐπ᾽ ἐκείνοις εἶναι, quantum in illis esset, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τήμερον, τὸ νῦν εἶναι, [Refs 4th c.BC+] E.2) after Verbs of naming or choosing, σοφιστὴν ὀνομάζουσι τὸν ἄνδρα εἶναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of giving, δῶκε ξεινήϊον εἶναι [Refs 8th c.BC+] F) imperfect ἦνissts. used where other languages take the present, F.1) after ἄρα, to express a fact which is and has always been the same, δέρμα δὲ ἀνθρώπου. ἦν ἄρα σχεδὸν δερμάτων πάντων λαμπρότατον human skin then it appears is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡς ἄρ᾽ ἦσθ᾽ ἐμὸς πατὴρ ὀρθῶς[Refs 3rd c.BC+]; so also when there is reference to a past thought, τουτὶ τί ἦ; what is this? [Refs 5th c.BC+], used to express the essential nature of a thing, where τί ἦν (for ἐστί) takes the place of the dative in such phrases as τὸ ἀγαθῷ εἶναι, τὸ μεγέθει εἶναι, [Refs] G) ἐγώ εἰμι, in [LXX]
Strongs
Word:
εἰμί
Transliteration:
eimí
Pronounciation:
i-mee'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
I exist (used only when emphatic); am, have been, X it is I, was; the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb
ready
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἕτοιμος
Greek:
ἕτοιμοι
Transliteration:
hetoimoi
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Adjective Nominative Plural Masculine
Grammar:
DESCRIBING male people or things that are doing something
Source:
Identical in all sources
Tyndale
Word:
ἕτοιμος
Transliteration:
hetoimos
Gloss:
ready
Morphhology:
Greek Adjective
Definition:
ἕτοιμος, -ον also (in cl. after Thuc.) -η (2Co.9:5, 1Pe.1:5), -ον, [in LXX chiefly for כּוּן, מָכוֹן (cf. Hatch, Essays, 51 ff.);] prepared, ready; (a) of things: Mat.22:4, 8, Mrk.14:15, 2Co.9:5 10:16, 1Pe.1:5; ἔρχεσθε ὅτι ἤδη ἕτοιμά ἐστιν (Field, Notes, 67), Luk.14:17; ὁ καιρός, Jhn.7:6; (b) of persons: Mat.24:44 25:10, Luk.12:40, Act.23:21; before πρός, Tit.3:1, 1Pe.3:15; with inf, Luk.22:23; τοῦ, with inf. (WM, § 44, 4a; Robertson, Gr., 1068), Act.23:15; ἐν ἑ. ἔχω (MM, Exp., xiv), with inf, 2Co.10:6. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἕτοιμος
Transliteration:
hetoimos
Gloss:
ready
Morphhology:
Greek Adjective
Definition:
ἑτοῖμος, ον, also feminine ἑτοίμη [Refs 8th c.BC+], η, ον, or ος, ον, cf. Hdn.Gr. [Refs]:—at hand, ready, prepared, ὀνείαθ᾽ ἑτοῖμα προκείμενα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἕ. χρήματα money in hand, [Refs 5th c.BC+]in ready money, [Refs 4th c.AD+]; ἕ. ἀεὶ παρακείμενον ἐκμαγεῖον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἕ. ποιήσασθαι to make ready, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐξ ἑτοίμου at once and without hesitation, immediately, offhand, ἐξ ἑ. λαμβάνειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γίνεται ταῦτα ἐξ -οτάτου are most likely to attack, [NT+5th c.BC+]; ἑτοιμότερα γέλωτος λίβη tears that came more readily than, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τὰ ἑ. that which is ready to hand, ἐπὶ τὰ ἑ. μᾶλλον τρέπονται [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἑ. βλάψαι[Refs] 2) of the future, sure to come, certain, αὐτίκα γάρ τοι ἔπειτα μεθ᾽ Ἕκτορα πότμος ἑ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also, easy to be done, feasible, ἐπεὶ οὔ σφισιν ἥδε γ᾽ ἑτοίμη (i.e. μῆτις) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἕ. [ἐστι] τὸ διαφθαρῆναι imminent, [Refs 1st c.AD+]: with infinitive, ἕ. μᾶλλόν [ἐστι] ἀπεχθάνεσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐ γάρ τι ἕ. μεταπεῖσαι it is not easy, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] 3) of the past, carried into effect, realized, ταῦτα ἑ. τετεύχαται [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἠδ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἑτοῖμα τέτυκτο and this promise has been made good, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II) of persons, ready, active, zealous, ἕ. ἦν ἐμοὶ σειραφόρος [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τινι in or for a thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς τι for a thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with dative person, ready to assist or go with him, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: c.infinitive, ready to do, [Refs]; ἐπιστενάχειν πᾶς τις ἕ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑπακούειν ἑτοιμότεροι too ready, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἦν ἕτοιμος, absolutely, he was ready, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) of the mind, ready, bold, λῆμα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ἕ. readiness, resolution, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III) adverb -μως readily, willingly, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἑ. ἔχω τελευτᾶν I am ready to die, [NT+5th c.BC+]; ἑ. παρορᾷς evidently, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: comparative ἑτοιμότερον [Refs 4th c.BC+]: superlative -ότατα [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
ἕτοιμος
Transliteration:
hétoimos
Pronounciation:
het-oy'-mos
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Adjective
Definition:
adjusted, i.e. ready; prepared, (made) ready(-iness, to our hand); from an old noun (fitness)
awaiting
Strongs:
Lexicon:
προσδέχομαι
Greek:
προσδεχόμενοι
Transliteration:
prosdechomenoi
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to wait for/welcome
Morphhology:
Verb Present Middle or Passive Deponent Participle Nominative Plural Masculine
Grammar:
an ACTION that is happening – done by male people or things that are doing something
Source:
Identical in all sources
Tyndale
Word:
προσδέχομαι
Transliteration:
prosdechomai
Gloss:
to wait for/welcome
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
προσ-δέχομαι [in LXX chiefly for רָצָה;] 1) to receive to oneself, receive favourably, admit, accept: with accusative of person(s), Luk.15:2, Rom.16:2, Php.2:29; with accusative of thing(s), Act.24:15 (R, mg.), Heb.10:34 11:35. 2) to expect, look for, wait for: with accusative of person(s), Luk.12:36; with accusative of thing(s), Mrk.15:43, Luk.2:25, 38 23:51, Act.23:21, Tit.2:13, Ju 21 (cf. δέχομαι). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
προσδέχομαι
Transliteration:
prosdechomai
Gloss:
to wait for/welcome
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
προσδέχομαι, Ionic dialect προσδέκομαι: used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] only in Epic dialect present participle ποτιδέγμενος (see. below [Refs]: aorist 1 προσεδέχθην[Refs 4th c.BC+]:— receive favourably, accept, τὸ ἐκ Δελφῶν [χρηστήριον] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. συμμαχίαν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν φιλίαν, τὰς διαλύσεις, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; receive hospitably, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) admit, ἐς τὴν πόλιν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; admit into one's presence, of a king, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of a demos receiving foreign emissaries, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) admit to citizenship, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so ποία δὲ χέρνιψ φρατέρων προσδέξετα; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; π. τινὰ εἰς τοὺς ἐφήβους [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ὁ προσδεχθησόμενος εἰς τὴν στιβάδα [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.3) of the female, ἡ ἵππος π. τὸν ὄνον [Refs 5th c.BC+].έ. II.4) admit an argument, π. τὸ ψεῦδος, λόγον ἀληθῆ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. πρόφασιν accept an excuse, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] II.5) admit, be capable of, μήτε γένεσιν μήτε ὄλεθρον [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.6) undertake, προσδέχεσθαι μάλα χρὴ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἰήματα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; take a liability upon oneself, guarantee, τὸ ἀνάλωμα [Refs]; credit a sum to a person or an account, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] III) await, expect, the only sense in [Refs 8th c.BC+]participle ποτιδέγμενος waiting for or expecting, δῶρον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; σὴν ὁρμήν[Refs 8th c.BC+]; so later, προσδεκομένους τοιοῦτον οὐδέν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῷ Νικίᾳ προσδεχομένῳ ἦν τὰ παρὰ τῶν Ἐγεσταίων was according to his expectation, [Refs]; π. τινός τι expect anything from anybody, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with accusative et infinitive future, οὐδὲν πάντως προσεδέκοντο. τὸν στόλον ὁρμήσεσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with participle future, τοῦτον π. ἐπαναστησόμενον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πανταχόθεν π. τοὺς πολεμίους await them, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] III.2) wait, ἥατ᾽ ἐνὶ μεγάροις ποτιδέγμεναι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. εἰ with optative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
προσδέχομαι
Transliteration:
prosdéchomai
Pronounciation:
pros-dekh'-om-ahee
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
the
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὁ
Greek:
τὴν
Transliteration:
tēn
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Accusative Singular Feminine
Grammar:
a SPECIFIC female person or thing that is having something done to them
Source:
Identical in all sources
Tyndale
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article
from
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἀπό
Greek:
ἀπὸ
Transliteration:
apo
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
away from
Morphhology:
Preposition
Grammar:
relating it to another person or thing
Source:
Identical in all sources
Tyndale
Word:
ἀπό
Transliteration:
apo
Gloss:
away from
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἀπό (on the frequently neglect of elision bef. vowels, see Tdf, Pr., 94, WH, App., 146), prep. with genitive (WM, 462ff; on its relation to ἐκ, παρά, ὑπό, ib. 456f.), [in LXX for לְ,בְּ,מִן;] from (i.e. from the exterior). 1) Of separation and cessation; (1) of motion from a place: Mat.5:29, 30 7:23, Luk.5:2 22:41, al; (2) in partitive sense (M, Pr., 72, 102, 245; MM, see word; Bl, §40, 2), Mat.9:16 27:21, Jhn.21:10, Act.5:2, al; also after verbs of eating, etc; (3) of alienation (cl. genitive of separation), after such verbs as λούω (Deiss, BS, 227), λύω, σώζω, παύω, etc; ἀνάθεμα ἀ, Rom.9:3; ἀποθνήσκειν ἀ, Col.2:20; σαλευθῆναι, 2Th.2:2, καθαρός, -ίζειν, ἀ. (Deiss, BS, 196, 216), Act.20:26, 2Co.7:1, Heb.9:14; (4) of position, Mat.23:34 24:31, al; after μακράν, Mat.8:30; transposed before measures of distance, Jhn.10:18 21:8, Rev.14:20 (Abbott, JG, 227); (5) of time, ἀπὸ τ. ὥρας, ἡμέρας, etc, Mat.9:22, Jhn.19:27, Act.20:18, Php.1:5, al; ἀπ᾽ αἰῶνος, Luk.1:70, al; ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς, etc, Mat.19:4, Rom.1:20; ἀπὸ βρέφους, 2Ti.3:15; ἀφ᾽ ἧς, since, Luk.7:45, al; ἀπὸ τ. νῦν, Luk.1:48, al; ἀπὸ τότε, Mat.4:17, al; ἀπὸ πέρυσι, a year ago, 2Co.8:10 9:2; ἀπὸ πρωΐ, Act.28:23; (6) of order or rank, ἀπὸ διετοῦς, Mat.2:16; ἀπὸ Ἀβραάμ, Mat.1:17; ἐβδομος ἀπὸ Ἀδάμ, Ju 14; ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου, Act.8:10, Heb.8:11; ἄρχεσθαι ἀπό, Mat.20:8, Jhn.8:9, Act.8:35, al. 2) Of origin; (1) of birth, extraction, and hence, in late writers, (a) of local extraction (cl. ἐξ; Abbott, JG, 227ff.), Mat.21:11, Mrk.15:43, Jhn.1:45, Act.10:38, al; οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας (WM, §66, 6; M, Pr., 237; Westc, Rendall, in l.), Heb.13:24; (b) of membership in a community or society (BL, §40, 2), Act.12:1, al; (with) of material (= cl. genitive; Bl. l.with; M, Pr., 102), Mat.3:4 27:21; (d) after verbs of asking, seeking, etc, Luk.11:50, 51 1Th.2:6 (Milligan, in l.); (2) of the cause, instrument, means or occasion (frequently = ὑπό, παρά, and after verbs of learning, hearing, knowing, etc; Bl, §40, 3), Mat.7:16 11:29, Luk.22:45, Act.2:22 4:36 9:13 12:14, 1Co.11:23, Gal.3:2, al; ἀπὸ τ. ὄχλου, Luk.19:3 (cf. Jhn.21:6, Act.22:11); ἀπὸ τ. φόβου, Mat.14:26, al. (cf. Mat.10:26 13:44). 3) Noteworthy Hellenistic phrases: φοβεῖσθαι ἀπό (M, Pr., 102, 107); προσέχειν ἀπό (M, Pr., 11. with; Milligan, NTD, 50); ἀπὸ νότου (Heb. מִגֶּנֶב), Rev.21:13; ἀπὸ προσώπου (מִפְּנֵי), 2Th.1:9 (Bl, §40, 9); ἀπὸ τ. καρδιῶν (בְּלֵב), Mat.18:35; ἀπὸ ὁ ὤν (WM, §10, 2; M, Pr., 9), Rev.1:4. 4) In composition, ἀπό denotes separation, departure, origin, etc. (ἀπολύω, ἀπέρχομαι, ἀπογράφω); it also has a perfective force (M, Pr., 112, 247), as in ἀφικνεῖσθαι, which see (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἀπό
Transliteration:
apo
Gloss:
away from
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἀπό, Aeolic dialect, Thess, [Refs 7th c.BC+], etc:—preposition usually with Gen. but see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] (Cf. Sanskrit A) ápa, Latin ab, Umbr. ap-ehtre 'ab extra', Gothic af, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] af, cef, of, etc.) Orig. sense, from. [ᾰπο?~X: where ἀπο ¯ is found in Epic dialect before see or liquids (as ἀπὸ ἕθεν[Refs 8th c.BC+] was sometimes written in later texts,[Refs] — ᾱ for the sake of meter in _Epic dialect_ compounds, such as ἀπονέεσθαι.] A.I) OF PLACE, the earliest, and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.1) of Motion, from, away from, ἐσσεύοντο νεῶν ἄπο καὶ κλισιάων[Refs 8th c.BC+]; pleonastic, ἀ. Τροίηθεν[LXX+8th c.BC+]; also ἀπ᾽ αἰῶνος νέος ὤλεο, implying departure from life, [Refs]; opposed to ἐξ, of relatively superficial motion, λαμβάνομεν οὔτε ἐκ τῆς γῆς οὐδέν, οὔτ᾽ ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκιῶν[Refs 5th c.BC+]; similarly of the cause or ground, ἐξ ὧν προηγώνισθε καὶ ἀφ᾽ ὧν εἰκάζω[Refs 5th c.BC+]:— frequently of warriors fighting from chariots, etc, οἱ μὲν ἀφ᾽ ἵππων, οἱ δ᾽ ἀ. νηῶν. μάχοντο[Refs 8th c.BC+]; λαμπὰς ἔσται ἀφ᾽ ἵππων on horseback, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὀμμάτων ἄπο. κατέσταζον γένυν, of tears, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.2) of Position, away from, far from, μένων ἀ. ἧς ἀλόχοιο[Refs 8th c.BC+] to live apart from a man or husband, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀπ᾽ ὀφθαλμῶν, ἀπ᾽ οὔατος, far from sight or hearing, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; σπεύδειν ἀ. ῥυτῆρος far from, i.e. without using the rein, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in measurement of distances, ὅσον ιέ στάδια ἀ. Φυλῆς[Refs 5th c.BC+]; but later the numeral follows ἀ, πηγὰς ἔχων ἀ. μ σταδίων τῆς θαλάσσης[Refs 1st c.BC+]; κατεστρατοπέδευσεν ἀ. ν σταδίων fifty stades away, [Refs 1st c.AD+] A.I.3) of the mind, ἀ. θυμοῦ away from, i. e. alien from, my heart, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐδὲν ἀ. τρόπου not without reason, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐκ ἀ. σκοποῦ, καιροῦ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.4) in pregnant sense, with Verbs of rest, previous motion being implied (compare ἐκ), ἀνὰ δ᾽ ἐβόασεν. ἀ. πέτρας σταθείς[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ.τῆς ἐμῆς κεφαλῆς τὴν [ἐκείνου] κεφαλὴν ἀναδήσω, i. e. taking the chaplet off my head, and placing it on his, [Refs 5th c.BC+] is more common, ἁψαμένη βρόχον ἀ. μελάθρου[Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.5) with the Article, where the sense of motion often disappears, οἱ ἀ. τῶν οἰκιῶν φεύγουσιν, i.e. οἱ ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις φεύγουσιν ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ἀ. τῶν πύργων. ἐπαρήξουσι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; αἱ ἵπποι αἱ ἀ. τοῦ ἅρματος variant in [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.6) partitive, λαχὼν ἀ. ληΐδος αἶσαν part taken from the booty, a share of it, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.7) in Mathematics texts, of figures described upon a base, κῶνον ἀναγράφειν ἀ. κύκλου[Refs 3rd c.BC+]; τὸ ἀ. τῆς AB τετράγωνον the square on AB, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; εἴδεα ἀ. [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.I.8) ἀ. ἀνθρώπου ἕως γυναικός man and woman, [LXX]; ἀ. ἀρσενικοῦ ἕως θηλυκοῦ [prev. work] LXX.Num.5.3. A.I.9) from being, instead of, ἀθανάταν ἀ. θνατᾶς. ἐποίησας Βερενίκαν[Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.I.10) privative, free from, without, ἀ. πάσης ἀκαθαρσίας[Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ἀ. ζημίας[Refs 3rd c.AD+] A.II) OF TIME, from, after, [Refs 8th c.BC+] rising up from, i.e. after,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. δείπνου εἶναι or γενέσθαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in narrative, τὸ ἀ. τούτου or το̄δε, from this point onwards, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; more often ἀπ᾽ or ἀφ᾽ οὗ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εὐθὺς ἀ. παλαιοῦ, ἀ. τοῦ πάνυ ἀρχαίου, of olden time, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀφ᾽ ἑσπέρας from the beginning of evening, i.e. at eventide, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. πρώτου ὕπνου[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀπ᾽ ἀγροῦ fresh from field-work, [NT+5th c.BC+]; χρονίζειν ἀ. τοῦ καιροῦ tarry beyond the time, [LXX]; ἀ. τέλους ἐννέα μηνῶν at the end of,[Refs 1st c.AD+]; οἱ ἀ. ὑπατείας, = consulares, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; but ἀ. τινος the freedman of, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.III) OF ORIGIN, CAUSE, etc: A.III.1) of that from which one is born, οὐ γὰρ ἀ. δρυός ἐσσι οὐδ᾽ ἀ. πέτρης not sprung from oak or rock, [Refs 8th c.BC+] immediate, descent, τοὺς μὲν ἀ. θεῶν, τοὺς δ᾽ ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν θεῶν γεγονότας[Refs 5th c.BC+]; τρίτος ἀ. Διός third in descent from Zeus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ἀ. γένους τινός his descendants, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: of the place one springs from, ἵπποι. ποταμοῦ ἄπο Σελλήεντος[Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III.1.b) metaphorically of things, Χαρίτων ἄπο κάλλος ἔχουσαι[Refs 8th c.BC+]; θεῶν ἄπο μήδεα εἰδώς[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ ἀ. τῶν πολεμίων φόβος fear inspired by the enemy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.1.c) of persons, οἱ ἀ. τῆς χώρας, τῆς πόλεως, country folk, townsfolk, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; and so of connexion with the founder or leader of a sect, οἱ ἀ. Πυθαγόρου[Refs 1st c.AD+]; οἱ ἀ. τοῦ περιπάτου, ἀ. τῆς Στοᾶς, etc, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] stage players, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; ὁ ἀφ᾽ ἑστίας παῖς, see at {ἑστί; ἀπ᾽ ἐξωμίδος} with only an ἐξωμίς, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.III.2) of the material from or of which a thing is made, εἵματα ἀ. ξύλου πεποιημένα[NT+5th c.BC+] of or weighing [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κρᾶσις ἀ. τε τῆς ἡδονῆς συγκεκραμένη καὶ ἀ. τῆς λύπης[Refs 5th c.BC+]; so, by an extension of this use, εἰδεχθής τις ἀ. τοῦ προσώπου ugly of countenance, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.III.3) of the instrument from or by which a thing is done, τοὺς. πέφνεν ἀπ᾽ ἀργυρέοιο βιοῖο by arrow shot from silver bow, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; γυμνάζεσθαι ἀ. σκελῶν, χειρῶν, τραχήλου, [LXX+5th c.BC+] A.III.4) of the person from whom an act comes, i.e. by whom it is done, οὐδὲν μέγα ἔργον ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο[Refs 5th c.BC+]; so τἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, τἀπὸ σοῦ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in later Greek frequently of the direct agent, [NT+2nd c.BC+]; in codices this may sometimes be due to confusion with ὑπό, but[Refs 1st c.AD+] A.III.5) of the source from which life, power, etc, are sustained, ζῆν ἀπ᾽ ὕλης ἀγρίης[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. κτήνεων καὶ ἰχθύων[Refs 5th c.BC+]quaestum corpore facere, [Refs 1st c.AD+] A.III.6) of the cause, means, or occasion from, by, or because of which a thing is done, ἀ. τούτου κριοπρόσωπον τὤγαλμα τοῦ Διὸς ποιεῦσι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. τινος ἐπαινεῖσθαι, θαυμάζεσθαι, ὠφελεῖσθαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. τοῦ πάθους in consequence of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τρόπαιον ἀ. τινος εἱστήκει on occasion of his defeat, [Refs]; τλήμων οὖσ᾽ ἀπ᾽ εὐτόλμου φρενός[Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἀ. δικαιοσύνης by reason of it (variant for{ὑπό}), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. τῶν αὐτῶν λημμάτων on the same scale of profits, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; for ὅσον ἀ. βοῆς ἕνεκα, see at {ἕνεκα}: hence in half adverbial usages, ἀ. σπουδῆς in earnest, eagerly, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀ. τοῦἴσου, ἀ. τῆς ἴσης, or ἀπ᾽ ἴσης, equally, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. τοῦ εὐθέος straightforwardly, [Refs]; ἀ. τοῦ αὐτομάτου of free-will, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. γλώσσης by word of mouth, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (but also, from hearsay, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀπ᾽ ὄψεως at sight, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. χειρὸς λογίζεσθαι on your fingers, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὀμμάτων ἄπο in the public gaze, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τριηράρχους αἱρεῖσθαι ἀ. τῆς οὐσίας Canon Laws texts cited in [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ from oneself, on one's own account, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. συνθήματος, ἀ. παραγγέλματος, by agreement, by word of command, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. σάλπιγγος by sound of trumpet, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπίτροπος ἀ. τῶν λόγων, = Latin procurator a rationibus, Ann.epigram.[Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.III.7) of the object spoken of, τὰ ἀ. τῆς νήσου οἰκότα ἐστί the things told from or of the island, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) in [Refs 4th c.AD+]; ἀπὺ τᾷ ζᾷ[Refs] B.2) in later Greek ἀπό is found with accusative, [Refs 4th c.AD+] C) in [Refs 8th c.BC+] frequent with Verbs in tmesi, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) IN COMPOSITION (joined with other words), D.1) asunder, as ἀποκόπτω, ἀπολύω, ἀποτέμνω: and hence, away, off, as ἀποβάλλω, ἀποβαίν; denoting, remoual of an accusation, as ἀπολογέομαι, ἀποψηφίζομαι. D.2) finishing off, completing, ἀπεργάζομαι, ἀπανδρόω, ἀπανθρωπίζω, ἀπογλαυκόω. D.3) ceasing from, leaving off, as ἀπαλγέω, ἀποκηδεύω, ἀπολοφύρομαι, ἀποζέω, ἀπανθίζω, ἀφυβρίζω. D.4) back again, as ἀποδίδωμι, ἀπολαμβάνω, ἀπόπλους: also, in full, or what is one's own, as ἀπέχω, ἀπολαμβάνω: frequently it only strengthens the sense of the simple. D.5) by way of abuse, as in ἀποκαλέω. D.6) almost ={ἀ-} privative; sometimes with Verbs, as ἀπαυδάω, ἀπαγορεύ; more frequently with Adjectives, as ἀποχρήματος, ἀπότιμος, ἀπόσιτος, ἀπόφονος. E) ἄπο, by anastrophe for ἀπό, when it follows its Noun, as ὀμμάτων ἄπο[Refs 5th c.BC+]; never in Prose. E.2) ἄπο for ἄπεστι, [Refs 7th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
ἀπό
Transliteration:
apó
Pronounciation:
apo'
Language:
Greek
Definition:
"off," i.e. away (from something near), in various senses (of place, time, or relation; literal or figurative); (X here-)after, ago, at, because of, before, by (the space of), for(-th), from, in, (out) of, off, (up-)on(-ce), since, with; a primary particle
you
Strongs:
Lexicon:
σύ
Greek:
σοῦ
Transliteration:
sou
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Personal pronoun 2nd Genitive Singular
Grammar:
a reference to a recently mentioned person being spoken or written to that something belongs to
Source:
Identical in all sources
Additional:
of you
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
su
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (2nd person)
Definition:
σύ, pron. of 2nd of person(s), thou, you, genitive, σοῦ, dative, σοί, accusative, σέ, pl, ὑμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς (enclitic in oblique cases sing, except after prep. (BL, §48, 3), though πρὸς σέ occurs in Mat.25:39). Nom. for emphasis or contrast: Jhn.1:30, 4:10, 5:33, 39, 44, Act.4:7, Eph.5:32; so also perhaps σὺ εἶπας, Mat.26:64, al. (M, Pr., 86); before voc, Mat.2:6, Luk.1:76, Jhn.17:5, al; sometimes without emphasis (M, Pr., 85f.), as also in cl, but esp. as rendering of Heb. phrase, e.g. υἱός μου εἶ σύ (בְּנִי־אַתָּה, Psa.2:7), Act.13:33. The genitive (σοῦ, ὑμῶν) is sometimes placed bef. the noun: Luk.7:48, 12:30, al; so also the enclitic σοῦ, Mat.9:6; on τί ἐμοὶ κ. σοί, see: ἐγώ. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
su
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (2nd person)
Definition:
σύ [ῠ], thou: pronoun of the second person:—Epic dialect nominative τύνη [ῡ] [Refs 8th c.BC+] (Laconian dialect τούνη [Refs 5th c.AD+]; Aeolic dialect σύ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τύ [ῠ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τού [short syllable] [Refs 6th c.BC+] (also τούν [Refs]σύ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]—Gen. σοῦ, [Refs], elsewhere only Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; enclitic σου, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (also in Lyric poetry, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (which also occurs in Lyric poetry, [Refs 7th c.BC+], and as enclitic σευ, [Refs 8th c.BC+], σεο (enclitic) [Refs] σευ (enclitic) [Refs]:—Doric dialect τεῦ, τευ, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; rarely τέο, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τεῦς [Refs 6th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τεοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοι variant in [Refs]; enclitic τεος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; other Doric dialect forms are τίω, τίως, both [Refs 3rd c.BC+]—Dat. σοί, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; Doric dialect τοί [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect, Lesb, and Ionic dialect enclitic τοι[Refs 8th c.BC+], Lesbian Lyric poetry, and Ionic dialect Lyric poetry and Prose τοι is always enclitic, σοί never enclitic (τοί and σοι are not found except σοι [Refs 8th c.BC+], and in codices of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rarer than τοι in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in Attic dialect both σοί and σοι (enclitic) are used (σοί [Refs 5th c.BC+], τοί and τοι are not used; σοι is never elided except in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect and Lyric poetry also τεΐν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τίν [ῐ], [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τίν [ῑ], [Refs 3rd c.BC+] before a consonant, [Refs 7th c.BC+]—Acc. σέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; enclitic σε,[Refs 7th c.BC+]; in late Gr. σέν, [Refs]; Doric dialect τέ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τ᾽ variant (codex R) in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τρέ (to be read τϝέ) [Refs 5th c.AD+]; or (enclitic) τυ [Refs 6th c.BC+] 2) in combination with γε, σύ γε, σέ γε, etc. (compare ἔγωγε), thou at least, for thy part, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] and Attic dialect; Doric dialect τύγε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τούγα [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: dative σοί γε [Refs 8th c.BC+]: accusative σέ γε [Refs], etc:—also σύ περ [Refs] 3) σύ with infinitive (as imperative), [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) Dual nominative and accusative σφῶϊ, [Refs 8th c.BC+], you two, both of you; σφώ (not σφῴ,[Refs 8th c.BC+]—Gen. and Dat. σφῶϊν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; contraction σφῷν once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]. None of these forms are enclitic, [Refs 5th c.BC+] enclitic; Ζεὺς σφὼ is prescribed in [Refs 8th c.BC+] —σφῶϊ is never dative; in [Refs 8th c.BC+] it is the accusative depending on κελεύ; σφῶϊν is never accusative; in [Refs 8th c.BC+] III) Plur. nominative ὑμεῖς, [Refs 8th c.BC+], ye, you; Aeolic dialect and Epic dialect ὔμμες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμές [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect οὐμές [Refs 6th c.BC+]; a resolved form ὑμέες, [Refs 1st c.BC+] rather than genuine Ionic [Refs 5th c.BC+]— Gen. ὑμῶν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑμέων (disyllable) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑμέων also [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμέων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ὑμῶν, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Aeolic dialect ὑμμέων [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect οὐμίων [Refs 6th c.BC+]—Dat. ὑμῖν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect enclitic ὗμῐν [Refs 2nd c.AD+] also Doric dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Doric dialect (not enclitic) ὑμίν [ῐ] [Refs]; ὑμίν [ῐ] also in [Refs 5th c.BC+] should perhaps be restored where the sense needs an enclitic on the principle stated by [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ὕμιν[Refs 8th c.BC+]—Acc. ὑμᾶς, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc. (-υ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὗμας or (more probably) ὕμας is required by the metre in [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Ionic dialect ὑμέας (disyllable) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; enclitic ὕμεας (disyllable) [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ὑμέας also [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect and Epic dialect ὔμμε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμέ [Refs 7th c.BC+]—The plural is sometimes used in addressing one person, when others are included in the speaker's thought, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] cf. Latin tu, Gothic pu; with τοι Sanskrit genitive and dative te; the origin of σφῶϊ is doubtful; with ὑμεῖς cf. Sanskrit accusative plural yusmān.)
Strongs
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
sý
Pronounciation:
soo
Language:
Greek
Definition:
thou; thou; the personal pronoun of the second person singular
promise.
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἐπαγγελία
Greek:
ἐπαγγελίαν.
Transliteration:
epangelian
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
promise
Morphhology:
Noun Accusative Singular Feminine
Grammar:
a female PERSON OR THING that is having something done to them
Source:
Identical in all sources
Tyndale
Word:
ἐπαγγελία
Transliteration:
epangelia
Gloss:
promise
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Female
Definition:
ἐπ-αγγελία, -ας, ἡ (ἐπαγγέλλω), [in LXX: Psa.56:8 (סֵפֶר), etc;] 1) a summons (as Attic law-term, Dem, al.). 2) a promise (Dem, Arist, al.): Act.23:21; esp. in NT of the divine promises, Act.7:17, Rom.4:14, 16 Rom.9:4, Gal.3:17-18, 21 4:23, Heb.8:6 11:9, 17, 2Pe.3:9; with inf, Heb.4:1; γίνεται, etc, with dative of person(s), Act.2:39, Rom.4:13, Gal.3:16; before πρός, Act.13:32 26:6; έπαγγέλεσθαι τὴν ἐ, 1Jn.2:25; ἔχειν ἐπαγγελίας, Heb.7:6, 2Co.7:1; εἷναι νἐ έπαγγελίᾳ, Eph.6:2; ἡ γῆ τῆς ἐ, Heb.11:9; τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐ, Rom.9:8, Gal.4:28; τ. πνεῦμα τῆς ἐ. τ. ἅγιον, Eph.1:13; αἱ διαθῆκαι τῆς ἐ, Eph.2:12; ἡ ἐ. τ. θεοῦ, Rom.4:20; pl, 2Co.1:20; αἱ ἐ. τ. πατέρων, Rom.15:8; with genitive obj, τ. ζωῆς (see Dalman, Words, 103), 1Ti.4:8; τ. παρουσίας αὐτοῦ, 2Pe.3:4; κατ ̓ ἐπαγγελίαν, Act.13:23, Gal.3:29, 2Ti.1:1; δι ̓ ἐπαγγελίας, Gal.3:18; συμμέτοχα τῆς ἐ, Eph.3:6; λόγος ἐπαγγελίας, Rom.9:9. By meton. (cf. ἐλπίς), of a promised blessing: Luk.24:49, Act.1:14, Gal.3:22, Heb.6:12-17 10:36 11:13, 33 11:39; with genitive epexeg, Act.2:33 Gal.3:14, Heb.9:15 (Cremer, 27). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἐπαγγελία
Transliteration:
epangelia
Gloss:
promise
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Female
Definition:
ἐπαγγ-ελία, ἡ, command, summons, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] b) announcement, notice, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; τοῦ ἀγῶνος [LXX]; variant in [NT] 2) as law-term, ἐ. (i.e. δοκιμασίας) summons to attend a δοκιμασία τῶν ῥητόρων (see. ἐπαγγέλλω [Refs 4th c.BC+]: generally, notification, summons, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] 3) offer, promise, profession, undertaking, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐν ἐν ἐπαγγελίᾳ καταλιπών having left it as a promise, [Refs]; τὴν ἐ. ἐπὶ τέλος ἀγαγεῖν [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ὤμων ἐπαγγελίᾳ the promise of his shoulders, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ἐξ ἐ, ={ἐπαγγειλάμενος}, [Refs]; ἐ. ποιησάμενος ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων [Refs]; ἐβεβαίωσεν τὴν ἐ. [Refs] 4) indication, τοῦ ἐσομένου [Refs 2nd c.AD+] 5) plural, canvassing, = Latin ambitus, probably falsa lectio for{παρ-}, [Refs 1st c.AD+] 6) ={ἐπάγγελμα} 2, subject of a treatise, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] 7) the curative property claimed for prescriptions or drugs, ταῖς τῶν φαρμάκων ἐ. their advertised properties, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; ἐ. ἐπιτηδεύματος public exercise of a profession, Men.Prot.p.1D.
Strongs
Word:
ἐπαγγελία
Transliteration:
epangelía
Pronounciation:
ep-ang-el-ee'-ah
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Feminine
Definition:
an announcement (for information, assent or pledge; especially a divine assurance of good); message, promise; from g1861 (ἐπαγγέλλω)
